US20100199406A1 - Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements - Google Patents

Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100199406A1
US20100199406A1 US12/367,274 US36727409A US2010199406A1 US 20100199406 A1 US20100199406 A1 US 20100199406A1 US 36727409 A US36727409 A US 36727409A US 2010199406 A1 US2010199406 A1 US 2010199406A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
woven textile
region
recited
article
textile
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/367,274
Inventor
Bhupesh Dua
Karen A. Hawkinson
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nike Inc
Original Assignee
Nike Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=42539124&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20100199406(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Nike Inc filed Critical Nike Inc
Priority to US12/367,274 priority Critical patent/US20100199406A1/en
Assigned to KELLY SERVICES, INC. reassignment KELLY SERVICES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HAWKINSON, KAREN A.
Assigned to NIKE, INC. reassignment NIKE, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KELLY SERVICES, INC., DUA, BHUPESH
Priority to US12/579,838 priority patent/US20100199520A1/en
Priority to EP11174751.5A priority patent/EP2397320B1/en
Priority to EP20110175063 priority patent/EP2397593B1/en
Priority to EP19176983.5A priority patent/EP3613584B1/en
Priority to EP17151883.0A priority patent/EP3181747B1/en
Priority to CN201410041109.XA priority patent/CN103815619A/en
Priority to EP10734588A priority patent/EP2393972B1/en
Priority to EP20110174753 priority patent/EP2453048B1/en
Priority to CN201080005095.6A priority patent/CN102292487B/en
Priority to PCT/US2010/022216 priority patent/WO2010090923A2/en
Priority to EP20110174750 priority patent/EP2397594B1/en
Priority to EP11174747.3A priority patent/EP2407302B1/en
Priority to JP2011549186A priority patent/JP5988129B2/en
Publication of US20100199406A1 publication Critical patent/US20100199406A1/en
Priority to US13/045,168 priority patent/US8850719B2/en
Priority to JP2011225827A priority patent/JP5411906B2/en
Priority to JP2011225838A priority patent/JP5615786B2/en
Priority to JP2011225846A priority patent/JP2012057290A/en
Priority to JP2011225851A priority patent/JP5226844B2/en
Priority to JP2011225849A priority patent/JP5823809B2/en
Priority to US13/426,323 priority patent/US10174447B2/en
Priority to US13/426,361 priority patent/US20130069266A1/en
Priority to US13/426,349 priority patent/US9227363B2/en
Priority to US13/426,290 priority patent/US20130067639A1/en
Priority to US13/438,535 priority patent/US9682512B2/en
Priority to JP2013164367A priority patent/JP5988166B2/en
Priority to US14/168,687 priority patent/US9579848B2/en
Priority to US14/528,491 priority patent/US9732454B2/en
Priority to JP2015086916A priority patent/JP2015163746A/en
Priority to US14/956,783 priority patent/US10138582B2/en
Priority to JP2016110241A priority patent/JP2016188457A/en
Priority to US15/206,495 priority patent/US10131091B2/en
Priority to US16/160,259 priority patent/US20190078245A1/en
Priority to US16/163,891 priority patent/US10625472B2/en
Priority to US16/386,585 priority patent/US10982363B2/en
Priority to US16/515,361 priority patent/US10982364B2/en
Priority to US18/308,728 priority patent/US20230265589A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/08Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating
    • D04H3/14Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating with bonds between thermoplastic yarns or filaments produced by welding
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41BSHIRTS; UNDERWEAR; BABY LINEN; HANDKERCHIEFS
    • A41B1/00Shirts
    • A41B1/08Details
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41DOUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
    • A41D1/00Garments
    • A41D1/06Trousers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B1/00Footwear characterised by the material
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B1/00Footwear characterised by the material
    • A43B1/02Footwear characterised by the material made of fibres or fabrics made therefrom
    • A43B1/04Footwear characterised by the material made of fibres or fabrics made therefrom braided, knotted, knitted or crocheted
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B1/00Footwear characterised by the material
    • A43B1/14Footwear characterised by the material made of plastics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B23/00Uppers; Boot legs; Stiffeners; Other single parts of footwear
    • A43B23/02Uppers; Boot legs
    • A43B23/0245Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form
    • A43B23/0255Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form assembled by gluing or thermo bonding
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B23/00Uppers; Boot legs; Stiffeners; Other single parts of footwear
    • A43B23/02Uppers; Boot legs
    • A43B23/0245Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form
    • A43B23/026Laminated layers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B23/00Uppers; Boot legs; Stiffeners; Other single parts of footwear
    • A43B23/02Uppers; Boot legs
    • A43B23/0245Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form
    • A43B23/0265Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form having different properties in different directions
    • A43B23/027Uppers; Boot legs characterised by the constructive form having different properties in different directions with a part of the upper particularly flexible, e.g. permitting articulation or torsion
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B23/00Uppers; Boot legs; Stiffeners; Other single parts of footwear
    • A43B23/24Ornamental buckles; Other ornaments for shoes without fastening function
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B3/00Footwear characterised by the shape or the use
    • A43B3/0036Footwear characterised by the shape or the use characterised by a special shape or design
    • A43B3/0078Footwear characterised by the shape or the use characterised by a special shape or design provided with logos, letters, signatures or the like decoration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B9/00Footwear characterised by the assembling of the individual parts
    • A43B9/16Footwear with soles moulded on to uppers or welded on to uppers without adhesive
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/02Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure
    • B29C65/022Particular heating or welding methods not otherwise provided for
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/02Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure
    • B29C65/18Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure using heated tools
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/003Protecting areas of the parts to be joined from overheating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/11Joint cross-sections comprising a single joint-segment, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising a single joint-segment in the joint cross-section
    • B29C66/112Single lapped joints
    • B29C66/1122Single lap to lap joints, i.e. overlap joints
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/12Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments; Tongue and groove joints; Tenon and mortise joints; Stepped joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/128Stepped joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/1282Stepped joint cross-sections comprising at least one overlap joint-segment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/12Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments; Tongue and groove joints; Tenon and mortise joints; Stepped joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/128Stepped joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/1284Stepped joint cross-sections comprising at least one butt joint-segment
    • B29C66/12841Stepped joint cross-sections comprising at least one butt joint-segment comprising at least two butt joint-segments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/13Single flanged joints; Fin-type joints; Single hem joints; Edge joints; Interpenetrating fingered joints; Other specific particular designs of joint cross-sections not provided for in groups B29C66/11 - B29C66/12
    • B29C66/133Fin-type joints, the parts to be joined being flexible
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/14Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections the joint having the same thickness as the thickness of the parts to be joined
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/20Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines
    • B29C66/24Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight
    • B29C66/244Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight said joint lines being non-straight, e.g. forming non-closed contours
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/303Particular design of joint configurations the joint involving an anchoring effect
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/303Particular design of joint configurations the joint involving an anchoring effect
    • B29C66/3032Particular design of joint configurations the joint involving an anchoring effect making use of protusions or cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/30325Particular design of joint configurations the joint involving an anchoring effect making use of protusions or cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined making use of cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/30326Particular design of joint configurations the joint involving an anchoring effect making use of protusions or cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined making use of cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined in the form of porosity
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • B29C66/431Joining the articles to themselves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • B29C66/433Casing-in, i.e. enclosing an element between two sheets by an outlined seam
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/45Joining of substantially the whole surface of the articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/47Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/472Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces said single elements being substantially flat
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/47Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/472Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces said single elements being substantially flat
    • B29C66/4722Fixing strips to surfaces other than edge faces
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/47Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/472Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces said single elements being substantially flat
    • B29C66/4724Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces said single elements being substantially flat said single elements being appliques, e.g. in the form of a text or drawing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/71General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/72General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/723General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined being multi-layered
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/72General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/729Textile or other fibrous material made from plastics
    • B29C66/7294Non woven mats, e.g. felt
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/73General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/739General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/7392General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoplastic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/73General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/739General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/7392General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoplastic
    • B29C66/73921General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoplastic characterised by the materials of both parts being thermoplastics
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/82Pressure application arrangements, e.g. transmission or actuating mechanisms for joining tools or clamps
    • B29C66/822Transmission mechanisms
    • B29C66/8226Cam mechanisms; Wedges; Eccentric mechanisms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/83General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof characterised by the movement of the joining or pressing tools
    • B29C66/832Reciprocating joining or pressing tools
    • B29C66/8322Joining or pressing tools reciprocating along one axis
    • B29C66/83221Joining or pressing tools reciprocating along one axis cooperating reciprocating tools, each tool reciprocating along one axis
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/83General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof characterised by the movement of the joining or pressing tools
    • B29C66/836Moving relative to and tangentially to the parts to be joined, e.g. transversely to the displacement of the parts to be joined, e.g. using a X-Y table
    • B29C66/8362Rollers, cylinders or drums moving relative to and tangentially to the parts to be joined
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D35/00Producing footwear
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/12Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin next to a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/263Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer having non-uniform thickness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/30Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/022Non-woven fabric
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/024Woven fabric
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/04Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer characterised by a layer being specifically extensible by reason of its structure or arrangement, e.g. by reason of the chemical nature of the fibres or filaments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/06Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer characterised by a fibrous or filamentary layer mechanically connected, e.g. by needling to another layer, e.g. of fibres, of paper
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/02Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/08Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by structural features of a fibrous or filamentary layer the fibres or filaments of a layer being of different substances, e.g. conjugate fibres, mixture of different fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/14Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts, e.g. denser near its faces
    • B32B5/142Variation across the area of the layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/22Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/22Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed
    • B32B5/24Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/22Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed
    • B32B5/24Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/245Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer another layer next to it being a foam layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/22Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed
    • B32B5/24Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/26Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer another layer next to it also being fibrous or filamentary
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/44Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling
    • D04H1/52Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling by applying or inserting filamentary binding elements
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/54Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by welding together the fibres, e.g. by partially melting or dissolving
    • D04H1/558Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by welding together the fibres, e.g. by partially melting or dissolving in combination with mechanical or physical treatments other than embossing
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H13/00Other non-woven fabrics
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/08Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating
    • D04H3/14Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating with bonds between thermoplastic yarns or filaments produced by welding
    • D04H3/153Mixed yarns or filaments
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H5/00Non woven fabrics formed of mixtures of relatively short fibres and yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H5/08Non woven fabrics formed of mixtures of relatively short fibres and yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres or yarns
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06HMARKING, INSPECTING, SEAMING OR SEVERING TEXTILE MATERIALS
    • D06H5/00Seaming textile materials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41DOUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
    • A41D2500/00Materials for garments
    • A41D2500/30Non-woven
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/72General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/727General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined being porous, e.g. foam
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/72General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/729Textile or other fibrous material made from plastics
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/73General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/739General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
    • B29C66/7394General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoset
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/81General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/814General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/8141General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/81411General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat
    • B29C66/81421General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave
    • B29C66/81422General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave being convex
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/81General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/814General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/8141General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/81411General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat
    • B29C66/81421General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave
    • B29C66/81423General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave being concave
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/81General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/814General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps
    • B29C66/8141General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/81433General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined being toothed, i.e. comprising several teeth or pins, or being patterned
    • B29C66/81435General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined being toothed, i.e. comprising several teeth or pins, or being patterned comprising several parallel ridges, e.g. for crimping
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/48Wearing apparel
    • B29L2031/4842Outerwear
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/48Wearing apparel
    • B29L2031/4842Outerwear
    • B29L2031/4857Trousers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/48Wearing apparel
    • B29L2031/50Footwear, e.g. shoes or parts thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • B32B2262/0253Polyolefin fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • B32B2262/0261Polyamide fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • B32B2262/0261Polyamide fibres
    • B32B2262/0269Aromatic polyamide fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • B32B2262/0276Polyester fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/02Synthetic macromolecular fibres
    • B32B2262/0292Polyurethane fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/10Inorganic fibres
    • B32B2262/106Carbon fibres, e.g. graphite fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/12Conjugate fibres, e.g. core/sheath or side-by-side
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2262/00Composition or structural features of fibres which form a fibrous or filamentary layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2262/14Mixture of at least two fibres made of different materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2266/00Composition of foam
    • B32B2266/02Organic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2266/00Composition of foam
    • B32B2266/02Organic
    • B32B2266/0214Materials belonging to B32B27/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/51Elastic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2437/00Clothing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2437/00Clothing
    • B32B2437/02Gloves, shoes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D10INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10BINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10B2331/00Fibres made from polymers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polycondensation products
    • D10B2331/10Fibres made from polymers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polycondensation products polyurethanes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D10INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10BINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10B2403/00Details of fabric structure established in the fabric forming process
    • D10B2403/03Shape features
    • D10B2403/033Three dimensional fabric, e.g. forming or comprising cavities in or protrusions from the basic planar configuration, or deviations from the cylindrical shape as generally imposed by the fabric forming process
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/19Sheets or webs edge spliced or joined
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24802Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.]
    • Y10T428/2481Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.] including layer of mechanically interengaged strands, strand-portions or strand-like strips
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24802Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24826Spot bonds connect components
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/608Including strand or fiber material which is of specific structural definition
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/647Including a foamed layer or component
    • Y10T442/652Nonwoven fabric is coated, impregnated, or autogenously bonded
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/69Autogenously bonded nonwoven fabric

Definitions

  • a variety of products are at least partially formed from textiles.
  • articles of apparel e.g., shirts, pants, socks, jackets, undergarments, footwear
  • containers e.g., backpacks, bags
  • upholstery for furniture e.g., chairs, couches, car seats
  • Textiles may also be utilized in bed coverings (e.g., sheets, blankets), table coverings, towels, flags, tents, sails, and parachutes.
  • Textiles utilized for industrial purposes are commonly referred to as technical textiles and may include structures for automotive and aerospace applications, filter materials, medical textiles (e.g.
  • textiles may be incorporated into a variety of products for both personal and industrial purposes.
  • Textiles may be defined as any manufacture from fibers, filaments, or yarns having a generally two-dimensional structure (i.e., a length and a width that are substantially greater than a thickness).
  • textiles may be classified as mechanically-manipulated textiles or non-woven textiles.
  • Mechanically-manipulated textiles are often formed by weaving or interlooping (e.g., knitting) a yarn or a plurality of yarns, usually through a mechanical process involving looms or knitting machines.
  • Non-woven textiles are webs or mats of filaments that are bonded, fused, interlocked, or otherwise joined.
  • a non-woven textile may be formed by randomly depositing a plurality of polymer filaments upon a surface, such as a moving conveyor.
  • non-woven textile has a substantially constant thickness, impart texture to one or both surfaces of the non-woven textile, or further bond or fuse filaments within the non-woven textile to each other.
  • spunbonded non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of 10 to 100 microns
  • meltblown non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of less than 10 microns.
  • shoulder and elbow areas of a shirt may be formed from a textile that imparts durability (e.g., abrasion-resistance) and stretch-resistance, whereas other areas may be formed from a textile that imparts breathability, comfort, stretch, and moisture-absorption.
  • an upper for an article of footwear may have a structure that includes numerous layers formed from various types of textiles and other materials (e.g., polymer foam, leather, synthetic leather), and some of the layers may also have areas formed from different types of textiles to impart different properties.
  • straps of a backpack may be formed from non-stretch textile elements, lower areas of a backpack may be formed from durable and water-resistant textile elements, and a remainder of the backpack may be formed from comfortable and compliant textile elements. Accordingly, many products may incorporate various types of textiles in order to impart different properties to different portions of the products.
  • textile elements formed from the materials must be cut to desired shapes and then joined together, usually with stitching or adhesive bonding.
  • the time and expense associated with transporting, stocking, cutting, and joining the textile elements may also increase.
  • Waste material from cutting and stitching processes also accumulates to a greater degree as the number and types of textile elements incorporated into a product increases.
  • products with a greater number of textile elements and other materials may be more difficult to recycle than products formed from few elements and materials.
  • the non-woven textile may be formed from a plurality of filaments that are at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • the filaments or the thermoplastic polymer material may be elastomeric or may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
  • the non-woven textile may have a first region and a second region, with the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from the filaments may remain filamentous, become non-filamentous, or take an intermediate form that is partially filamentous and partially non-filamentous. Fusing within the first region may alter properties such as permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance.
  • a variety of products may incorporate the non-woven textile.
  • the non-woven textile may be joined with another textile element or component to form a seam. More particularly, an edge area of the non-woven textile may be heatbonded with an edge area of the other textile element or component at the seam.
  • a surface the non-woven textile may be joined with another textile element or component (e.g., a polymer sheet, a polymer foam layer, or various strands) to form a composite element.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the non-woven textile, as defined by section line 2 - 2 in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the non-woven textile with a plurality of fused regions.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C are cross-sectional views, as defined by section line 4 - 4 in FIG. 3 , depicting different configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 5A-5H are perspective views of further configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 6A-6F are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIGS. 4A-4C and depicting further configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 7A-7C are perspective views of a first process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 8A-8C are perspective views of a second process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a third process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a first composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the first composite element, as defined by section line 11 - 11 in FIG. 10 .
  • FIGS. 12A-12C are perspective views of a process for forming the first composite element.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic perspective view of a another process for forming the first composite element.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a second composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of the second composite element, as defined by section line 15 - 15 in FIG. 14 .
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a third composite element that includes the non-woven.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the third composite element, as defined by section line 17 - 17 in FIG. 16 .
  • FIGS. 18A-18C are perspective views of further configurations of the third composite element.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a fourth composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the fourth composite element, as defined by section line 20 - 20 in FIG. 19 .
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a fifth composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fifth composite element, as defined by section line 22 - 22 in FIG. 21 .
  • FIGS. 23A-23F are perspective views of further configurations of the fifth composite element.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view of two elements of the non-woven textile joined with a first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the first seam configuration, as defined by section line 25 - 25 in FIG. 24 .
  • FIGS. 26A-26D are side elevational views of a process for forming the first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of another process for forming the first seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B are perspective views of elements of the non-woven textile joined with other elements to form the first seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 29A-29C are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIG. 25 and depicting further examples of the first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of two elements of the non-woven textile joined with a second seam configuration.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the second seam configuration, as defined by section line 31 - 31 in FIG. 30 .
  • FIGS. 32A-32C are side elevational views of a process for forming the second seam configuration.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view of another process for forming the second seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 34A-34C are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIG. 31 and depicting further configurations of the second seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 35A-35H are front elevational views of various configurations of a shirt that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 36A-36H are cross-sectional views of the configurations of the shirt, as respectively defined by section lines 36 A- 36 A through 36 H- 36 H in FIGS. 35A-35H .
  • FIGS. 37A-37C are front elevational views of various configurations of a pair of pants that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the pair of pants, as defined by section line 38 - 38 in FIG. 33A .
  • FIGS. 39A-39G are side elevational views of various configurations of an article of footwear that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 40A-40D are cross-sectional views of the configurations of the article of footwear, as respectively defined by section lines 40 A- 40 A through 40 D- 40 D in FIGS. 39A-39D .
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view of a lace loop for the article of footwear that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 42A-42C are perspective views of three-dimensional configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 43A-43C are perspective views of a process for forming the three-dimensional configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 44A-44D are perspective views of textured configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 45A-45C are perspective views of a process for forming the textured configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 46A-46F are perspective views of stitched configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 47 is a perspective view of an element of tape that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of the tape, as defined by section line 48 - 48 in FIG. 47 .
  • FIGS. 49A-49C are perspective views of additional configurations of the element of tape.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic view of a recycling process.
  • non-woven textile 100 and various products incorporating non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is disclosed below as being incorporated into various articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear) for purposes of example, non-woven textile 100 may also be incorporated into a variety of other products.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in other types of apparel, containers, and upholstery for furniture.
  • Non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized in bed coverings, table coverings, towels, flags, tents, sails, and parachutes.
  • Various configurations of non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized for industrial purposes, as in automotive and aerospace applications, filter materials, medical textiles, geotextiles, agrotextiles, and industrial apparel. Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in a variety of products for both personal and industrial purposes.
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2 as having a first surface 101 and an opposite second surface 102 .
  • Non-woven textile 100 is primarily formed from a plurality of filaments 103 that include a thermoplastic polymer material. Filaments 103 are distributed randomly throughout non-woven textile 100 and are bonded, fused, interlocked, or otherwise joined to form a structure with a relatively constant thickness (i.e., distance between surfaces 101 and 102 ).
  • An individual filament 103 may be located on first surface 101 , on second surface 102 , between surfaces 101 and 102 , or on both of surfaces 101 and 102 .
  • non-woven textile 100 multiple portions of an individual filament 103 may be located on first surface 101 , different portions of the individual filament 103 may be located on second surface 102 , and other portions of the individual filament 103 may be located between surfaces 101 and 102 .
  • the various filaments 103 may wrap around each other, extend over and under each other, and pass through various areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 may be bonded or fused to join filaments 103 to each other. Accordingly, filaments 103 are effectively joined to each other in a variety of ways to form a cohesive structure within non-woven textile 100 .
  • Fibers are often defined, in textile terminology, as having a relatively short length that ranges from one millimeter to a few centimeters or more, whereas filaments are often defined as having a longer length than fibers or even an indeterminate length.
  • the term “filament” or variants thereof is defined as encompassing lengths of both fibers and filaments from the textile terminology definitions. Accordingly, filaments 103 or other filaments referred to herein may generally have any length. As an example, therefore, filaments 103 may have a length that ranges from one millimeter to hundreds of meters or more.
  • Filaments 103 include a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • a thermoplastic polymer material melts when heated and returns to a solid state when cooled. More particularly, the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from a solid state to a softened or liquid state when subjected to sufficient heat, and then the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from the softened or liquid state to the solid state when sufficiently cooled. As such, the thermoplastic polymer material may be melted, molded, cooled, re-melted, re-molded, and cooled again through multiple cycles.
  • thermoplastic polymer materials may also be welded or heatbonded, as described in greater detail below, to other textile elements, plates, sheets, polymer foam elements, thermoplastic polymer elements, thermoset polymer elements, or a variety of other elements formed from various materials. In contrast with thermoplastic polymer materials, many thermoset polymer materials do not melt when heated, simply burning instead. Although a wide range of thermoplastic polymer materials may be utilized for filaments 103 , examples of some suitable thermoplastic polymer materials include thermoplastic polyurethane, polyamide, polyester, polypropylene, and polyolefin. Although any of the thermoplastic polymer materials mentioned above may be utilized for non-woven textile 100 , an advantage to utilizing thermoplastic polyurethane relates to heatbonding and colorability. In comparison with various other thermoplastic polymer materials (e.g., polyolefin), thermoplastic polyurethane is relatively easy to bond with other elements, as discussed in greater detail below, and colorants may be added to thermoplastic polyurethane through various conventional processes.
  • thermoplastic polyurethane is relatively
  • each of filaments 103 may be entirely formed from a single thermoplastic polymer material, individual filaments 103 may also be at least partially formed from multiple polymer materials.
  • an individual filament 103 may have a sheath-core configuration, wherein an exterior sheath of the individual filament 103 is formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, and an interior core of the individual filament 103 is formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material.
  • an individual filament 103 may have a bi-component configuration, wherein one half of the individual filament 103 is formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, and an opposite half of the individual filament 103 is formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material.
  • an individual filament 103 may be formed from both a thermoplastic polymer material and a thermoset polymer material with either of the sheath-core or bi-component arrangements. Although all of filaments 103 may be entirely formed from a single thermoplastic polymer material, filaments 103 may also be formed from multiple polymer materials. As an example, some of filaments 103 may be formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, whereas other filaments 103 may be formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material. As a similar example, some of filaments 103 may be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, whereas other filaments 103 may be formed from a thermoset polymer material. Accordingly, each filaments 103 , portions of filaments 103 , or at least some of filaments 103 may be formed from one or more thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 may be selected to have various stretch properties, and the materials may be considered elastomeric. Depending upon the specific product that non-woven textile 100 will be incorporated into, non-woven textile 100 or filaments 103 may stretch between ten percent to more than eight-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. For many articles of apparel, in which stretch is an advantageous property, non-woven textile 100 or filaments 103 may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. As a related matter, thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 (i.e., filaments 103 ) may be selected to have various recovery properties.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be formed to return to an original shape after being stretched, or non-woven textile 100 may be formed to remain in an elongated or stretched shape after being stretched.
  • Many products that incorporate non-woven textile 100 such as articles of apparel, may benefit from properties that allow non-woven textile 100 to return or otherwise recover to an original shape after being stretched by one-hundred percent or more.
  • a manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100 includes (a) extruding or otherwise forming a plurality of filaments 103 from a thermoplastic polymer material, (b) collecting, laying, or otherwise depositing filaments 103 upon a surface, such as a moving conveyor, (c) joining filaments 103 , and (d) imparting a desired thickness through compressing or other processes. Because filaments 103 may be relatively soft or partially melted when deposited upon the surface, the polymer materials from filaments 103 that contact each other may become bonded or fused together upon cooling.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized to ensure that non-woven textile 100 has a substantially constant thickness, impart texture to one or both of surfaces 101 and 102 , or further bond or fuse filaments 103 to each other. Coatings may also be applied to non-woven textile 100 .
  • hydrojet, hydroentangelment, needlepunching, or stitchbonding processes may also be utilized to modify properties of non-woven textile 100 .
  • Non-woven textile 100 may be formed as a spunbonded or meltblown material. Whereas spunbonded non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of 10 to 100 microns, meltblown non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of less than 10 microns. Non-woven textile 100 may be either spunbonded, meltblown, or a combination of spunbonded and meltblown. Moreover, non-woven textile 100 may be formed to have spunbonded and meltblown layers, or may also be formed such that filaments 103 are combinations of spunbonded and meltblown.
  • the overall thickness of non-woven textile 100 may vary significantly.
  • the thickness of non-woven textile 100 and other elements may be amplified or otherwise increased to show details or other features associated with non-woven textile 100 , thereby providing clarity in the figures.
  • a thickness of non-woven textile 100 may be in a range of 0.5 millimeters to 10.0 millimeters, but may vary considerably beyond this range.
  • a thickness of 1.0 to 3.0 millimeters may be appropriate, although other thicknesses may be utilized.
  • regions of non-woven textile 100 may be formed such that the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 is fused to a greater degree than in other regions, and the thickness of non-woven textile 100 in the fused regions may be substantially reduced. Accordingly, the thickness of non-woven textile 100 may vary considerably.
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted as including various fused regions 104 in FIG. 3 .
  • Fused regions 104 are portions of non-woven textile 100 that have been subjected to heat in order to selectively change the properties of those fused regions 104 .
  • Non-woven textile 100 or at least the various filaments 103 forming non-woven textile 100 , are discussed above as including a thermoplastic polymer material. When exposed to sufficient heat, the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from a solid state to either a softened state or a liquid state. When sufficiently cooled, the thermoplastic polymer material then transitions back from the softened state or the liquid state to the solid state.
  • Non-woven textile 100 or regions of non-woven textile 100 may, therefore, be exposed to heat in order to soften or melt the various filaments 103 .
  • exposing various regions (i.e., fused regions 104 ) of non-woven textile 100 to heat may be utilized to selectively change the properties of those regions.
  • pressure may also be utilized either alone or in combination with heat to form fused regions 104 , and pressure may be required in some configurations of non-woven textile 100 to form fused regions 104 .
  • Fused regions 104 may exhibit various shapes, including a variety of geometrical shapes (e.g., circular, elliptical, triangular, square, rectangular) or a variety of non-defined, irregular, or otherwise non-geometrical shapes.
  • the positions of fused regions 104 may be spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100 , located on one or more edges of non-woven textile 100 , or located at a corner of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the shapes and positions of fused regions 104 may also be selected to extend across portions of non-woven textile 100 or between two edges of non-woven textile 100 . Whereas the areas of some fused regions 104 may be relatively small, the areas of other fused regions 104 may be relatively large.
  • fused regions 104 may extend across a seam that joins the elements, or some fused regions may extend into areas where other components are bonded to non-woven textile 100 . Accordingly, the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material of the various filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 transitions from a solid state to either a softened state or a liquid state.
  • the various filaments 103 within fused regions 104 may (a) remain in a filamentous configuration, (b) melt entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration, or (c) take an intermediate configuration wherein some filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 remain filamentous and other filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 become non-filamentous. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in fused regions 104 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100 , the degree of fusing in fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C Differences between the degree to which filaments 103 may be fused in fused regions 104 are depicted in FIGS. 4A-4C .
  • the various filaments 103 within fused region 104 remain in a filamentous configuration. That is, the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 remains in the configuration of a filament and individual filaments 103 remain identifiable.
  • the various filaments 103 within fused region 104 melted entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration.
  • thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 melted into a non-filamentous state that effectively forms a solid polymer sheet in fused region 104 , with none of the individual filaments 103 being identifiable.
  • the various filaments 103 remain in a partially-filamentous configuration. That is, some of the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 remains in the configuration of a filament, and some of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 melted into a non-filamentous state that effectively forms a solid polymer sheet in fused region 104 .
  • thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 in fused regions 104 may, therefore, be filamentous, non-filamentous, or any combination or proportion of filamentous and non-filamentous. Accordingly, the degree of fusing in each of fused regions 104 may vary along a spectrum that extends from filamentous on one end to non-filamentous on an opposite end.
  • factors that determine the degree of fusing include (a) the particular thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 , (b) the temperature that fused regions 104 are exposed to, (c) the pressure that fused regions 104 are exposed to, and (d) the time at which fused regions 104 are exposed to the elevated temperature and/or pressure.
  • factors that determine the degree of fusing include (a) the particular thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 , (b) the temperature that fused regions 104 are exposed to, (c) the pressure that fused regions 104 are exposed to, and (d) the time at which fused regions 104 are exposed to the elevated temperature and/or pressure.
  • non-woven textile 100 includes a plurality of fused regions 104 with generally linear and parallel configurations.
  • FIG. 5B depicts non-woven textile 100 as including a plurality of fused regions 104 with generally curved and parallel configurations.
  • Fused regions 104 may have a segmented configuration, as depicted in FIG. 5C .
  • Non-woven textile 100 may also have a plurality of fused regions 104 that exhibit the configuration of a repeating pattern of triangular shapes, as in FIG.
  • one fused region 104 may form a continuous area that defines discrete areas for the remainder of non-woven textile 100 .
  • Fused regions 104 may also have a configuration wherein edges or corners contact each other, as in the checkered pattern of FIG. 5G .
  • the shapes of the various fused regions 104 may have a non-geometrical or irregular shape, as in FIG. 5H . Accordingly, the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • non-woven textile 100 may decrease in fused regions 104 .
  • non-woven textile 100 exhibits less thickness in fused region 104 than in other areas.
  • fused regions 104 are areas where filaments 103 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 or the portions of non-woven textile 100 forming fused regions 104 may be compressed while forming fused regions 104 . As a result, the thickness of fused regions 104 may be decreased in comparison with other areas of non-woven textile 100 . Referring again to FIGS.
  • surfaces 102 and 103 both exhibit a squared or abrupt transition between fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • surfaces 102 and 103 may exhibit other configurations.
  • only first surface 101 has a squared transition to fused regions 104 in FIG. 6A .
  • a curved or more gradual transition may also be utilized, as depicted in FIGS. 6B and 6C .
  • an angled transition between fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 may be formed, as in FIG. 6D .
  • fused regions 104 Although a decrease in thickness often occurs in fused regions 104 , no decrease in thickness or a minimal decrease in thickness is also possible, as depicted in FIG. 6E . Depending upon the materials utilized in non-woven textile 100 and the manner in which fused regions 104 are formed, fused regions 104 may actually swell or otherwise increase in thickness, as depicted in FIG. 6F . In each of FIGS. 6A-6F , fused regions 104 are depicted as having a non-filamentous configuration, but may also have the filamentous configuration or the intermediate configuration discussed above.
  • non-woven textile 100 is formed from a plurality of filaments 103 that include a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • fused regions 104 are areas where filaments 103 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • the degree to which filaments 103 are fused may also vary significantly to be filamentous, non-filamentous, or any combination or proportion of filamentous and non-filamentous.
  • the properties of fused regions 104 may be different than the properties of other regions of non-woven textile 100 . Additionally, the properties of one of fused regions 104 may be different than the properties of another of fused regions 104 . In manufacturing non-woven textile 100 and forming fused regions 104 , specific properties may be applied to the various areas of non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, the shapes of fused regions 104 , positions of fused regions 104 , sizes of fused regions 104 , degree to which filaments 103 are fused within fused regions 104 , and other aspects of non-woven textile 100 may be varied to impart specific properties to specific areas of non-woven textile 100 . Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be engineered, designed, or otherwise structured to have particular properties in different areas.
  • fused regions 104 examples include permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. By forming one of fused regions 104 in a particular area of non-woven textile 100 , the permeability of that area generally decreases, whereas both durability and stretch-resistance generally increases. As discussed in greater detail below, the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other has a significant effect upon the change in permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. Other factors that may affect permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance include the shapes, positions, and sizes of fused regions 104 , as well as the specific thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 .
  • Permeability generally relates to ability of air, water, and other fluids (whether gaseous or liquid) to pass through or otherwise permeate non-woven textile 100 .
  • the permeability may vary significantly. In general, the permeability is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the permeability is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most. As such, the permeability may vary along a spectrum depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other.
  • Areas of non-woven textile 100 that are separate from fused regions 104 generally exhibit a relatively high permeability.
  • Fused regions 104 where a majority of filaments 103 remain in the filamentous configuration also exhibit a relatively high permeability, but the permeability is generally less than in areas separate from fused regions 104 .
  • Fused regions 104 where filaments 103 are in both a filamentous and non-filamentous configuration have a lesser permeability.
  • areas where a majority or all of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 exhibits a non-filamentous configuration may have a relatively small permeability or even no permeability.
  • Durability generally relates to the ability of non-woven textile 100 to remain intact, cohesive, or otherwise undamaged, and may include resistances to wear, abrasion, and degradation from chemicals and light.
  • the durability may vary significantly. In general, the durability is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the durability is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most. As such, the durability may vary along a spectrum depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other. Areas of non-woven textile 100 that are separate from fused regions 104 generally exhibit a relatively low durability.
  • Fused regions 104 where a majority of filaments 103 remain in the filamentous configuration also exhibit a relatively low durability, but the durability is generally more than in areas separate from fused regions 104 .
  • Fused regions 104 where filaments 103 are in both a filamentous and non-filamentous configuration have a greater durability.
  • areas where a majority or all of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 exhibits a non-filamentous configuration may have a relatively high durability.
  • Other factors that may affect the general durability of fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 include the initial thickness and density of non-woven textile 100 , the type of polymer material forming filaments 103 , and the hardness of the polymer material forming filaments 103 .
  • Stretch-resistance generally relates to the ability of non-woven textile 100 to resist stretching when subjected to a textile force.
  • the stretch-resistance of non-woven textile 100 may vary significantly depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other. As with durability, the stretch-resistance is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the stretch-resistance is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 i.e., filaments 103
  • non-woven textile 100 may be greater in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most, fused regions 104 may still be elastomeric or may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
  • Other factors that may affect the general stretch properties of fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 include the initial thickness and density of non-woven textile 100 , the type of polymer material forming filaments 103 , and the hardness of the polymer material forming filaments 103 .
  • non-woven textile 100 may be incorporated into a variety of products, including various articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear). Taking a shirt as an example, non-woven textile 100 may form a majority of the shirt, including a torso region and two arm regions. Given that moisture may accumulate within the shirt from perspiration, a majority of the shirt may be formed from portions of non-woven textile 100 that do not include fused regions 104 in order to provide a relatively high permeability. Given that elbow areas of the shirt may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as the shirt is worn, some of fused regions 104 may be located in the elbow areas to impart greater durability.
  • one of fused regions 104 may be located around the neck opening to impart greater stretch-resistance. Accordingly, one material (i.e., non-woven textile 100 ) may be used throughout the shirt, but by fusing different areas to different degrees, the properties may be advantageously-varied in different areas of the shirt.
  • the above discussion focused primarily on the properties of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance.
  • a variety of other properties may also be varied through the addition or the configuration of fused regions 104 .
  • the overall density of non-woven textile 100 may be increased as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases.
  • the transparency of non-woven textile 100 may also be increased as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases.
  • the darkness of a color of non-woven textile 100 may also increase as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases.
  • the overall thickness of non-woven textile 100 may decrease as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases.
  • the degree to which non-woven textile 100 recovers after being stretched, the overall flexibility of non-woven textile 100 , and resistance to various modes of failure may also vary depending upon the degree of fusing of filaments 100 . Accordingly, a variety of properties may be varied by forming fused regions 104 .
  • FIGS. 7A-7C an example of a method is depicted as involving a first plate 111 and a second plate 112 , which may be platens of a press.
  • non-woven textile 100 and an insulating element 113 are located between plates 111 and 112 , as depicted in FIG. 7A .
  • Insulating element 113 has apertures 114 or other absent areas that correspond with fused regions 104 . That is, insulating element 113 exposes areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104 , while covering other areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between non-woven textile 100 and insulating element 113 , as depicted in FIG. 7B .
  • heat is applied to areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104 , but a lesser heat or no heat is applied to other areas of non-woven textile 100 due to the presence of insulating element 113 . That is, the temperature of the various areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104 is elevated without significantly elevating the temperature of other areas.
  • first plate 111 is heated so as to elevate the temperature of non-woven textile 100 through conduction.
  • non-woven textile 100 Some areas of non-woven textile 100 are insulated, however, by the presence of insulating element 113 . Only the areas of non-woven textile 100 that are exposed through apertures 114 are, therefore, exposed to the heat so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103 .
  • the material utilized for insulating element 113 may vary to include metal plates, paper sheets, polymer layers, foam layers, or a variety of other materials (e.g., with low thermal conductivity) that will limit the heat transferred to non-woven textile 100 from first plate 111 . In some processes, insulating element 113 may be an integral portion of or otherwise incorporated into first plate 111 .
  • non-woven textile 100 and insulating element 113 are separated from each other. Whereas areas of non-woven textile 100 that were exposed by apertures 114 in insulating element 113 form fused regions 104 , areas covered or otherwise protected by insulating element 113 remain substantially unaffected.
  • insulating element 113 may be structured to allow some of fused regions 104 to experience greater temperatures than other fused regions 104 , thereby fusing the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 more in some of fused regions 104 than in the other fused regions 104 . That is, the configuration of insulating element 113 may be structured to heat fused regions 104 to different temperatures in order to impart different properties to the various fused regions 104 .
  • first plate 111 may be heated so as to elevate the temperature of non-woven textile 100 through conduction.
  • both plates 111 and 112 may be heated, and two insulating elements 113 may be located on opposite sides of non-woven textile 100 .
  • heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency heating may also be used, in which case insulating element 113 may prevent the passage of specific wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation.
  • insulating element 113 may prevent chemicals from contacting areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • insulating element 113 may be a reflective material (i.e., metal foil) that prevents the radiant heat from raising the temperature of various areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • a similar process involving a conducting element may also be utilized. More particularly, the conducting element may be used to conduct heat directly to fused regions 104 . Whereas insulating element 113 is absent in areas corresponding with fused regions 104 , the conducting element would be present in fused regions 104 to conduct heat to those areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • FIGS. 8A-8C An example of another process that may be utilized to form fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 8A-8C .
  • non-woven textile 100 is placed adjacent to or upon second plate 112 or another surface, as depicted in FIG. 8A .
  • a heated die 115 having the shape of one of fused regions 104 then contacts and compresses non-woven textile 100 , as depicted in FIG. 8B , to heat a defined area of non-woven textile 100 .
  • one of fused regions 104 is exposed. Additional dies having the general shapes of other fused regions 104 may be utilized to form the remaining fused regions 104 in a similar manner.
  • die 115 and each of the other dies may be heated to different temperatures, held in contact with non-woven textile 100 for different periods of time, and compressed against non-woven textile 100 with different forces, thereby varying the resulting properties of the various fused regions 104 .
  • FIG. 9 An example of yet another process that may be utilized to form fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIG. 9 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is placed upon second plate 112 or another surface, and a laser apparatus 116 is utilized to heat specific areas of non-woven textile 100 , thereby fusing the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 and forming fused regions 104 .
  • a laser apparatus 116 By adjusting any or all of the power, focus, or velocity of laser apparatus 116 , the degree to which fused regions 104 are heated may be adjusted or otherwise varied.
  • different fused regions 104 may be heated to different temperatures to modify the degree to which filaments 103 are fused, thereby varying the resulting properties of the various fused regions 104 .
  • An example of a suitable laser apparatus 116 is any of a variety of conventional CO 2 or Nd:YAG laser apparatuses.
  • Non-woven textile 100 may be joined with various textiles, materials, or other components to form composite elements. By joining non-woven textile 100 with other components, properties of both non-woven textile 100 and the other components are combined in the composite elements.
  • An example of a composite element is depicted in FIGS. 10 and 11 , in which a component 120 is joined to non-woven textile 100 at second surface 102 .
  • component 120 is depicted as having dimensions that are similar to dimensions of non-woven textile 100 , component 120 may have a lesser or greater length, a lesser or greater width, or a lesser or greater thickness.
  • component 120 is a textile that absorbs water or wicks water away
  • the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel utilized during athletic activities where an individual wearing the apparel is likely to perspire.
  • component 120 is a compressible material, such as a polymer foam
  • the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel where cushioning (i.e., attenuation of impact forces) is advantageous, such as padding for athletic activities that may involve contact or impact with other athletes or equipment.
  • component 120 is a plate or sheet
  • the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel that impart protection from acute impacts. Accordingly, a variety of textiles, materials, or other components maybe joined with a surface of non-woven textile 100 to form composite elements with additional properties.
  • thermoplastic polymer material in filaments 103 may be utilized to secure non-woven textile 100 to component 120 or other components.
  • a thermoplastic polymer material melts when heated and returns to a solid state when cooled sufficiently.
  • heatbonding processes may be utilized to form a heatbond that joins portions of composite elements, such as non-woven textile 100 and component 120 .
  • heatbonding or variants thereof is defined as a securing technique between two elements that involves a softening or melting of a thermoplastic polymer material within at least one of the elements such that the materials of the elements are secured to each other when cooled.
  • the term “heatbond” or variants thereof is defined as the bond, link, or structure that joins two elements through a process that involves a softening or melting of a thermoplastic polymer material within at least one of the elements such that the materials of the elements are secured to each other when cooled.
  • heatbonding may involve (a) the melting or softening of two elements incorporating thermoplastic polymer materials such that the thermoplastic polymer materials intermingle with each other (e.g., diffuse across a boundary layer between the thermoplastic polymer materials) and are secured together when cooled; (b) the melting or softening of a first textile element incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material such that the thermoplastic polymer material extends into or infiltrates the structure of a second textile element (e.g., extends around or bonds with filaments or fibers in the second textile element) to secure the textile elements together when cooled; and (c) the melting or softening of a textile element incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material such that the thermoplastic polymer material extends into or infiltrates crevices or cavities formed in another element (e.g., polymer foam or sheet, plate, structural device) to secure the elements together when cooled.
  • another element e.g., polymer foam or sheet, plate, structural device
  • Heatbonding may occur when only one element includes a thermoplastic polymer material or when both elements include thermoplastic polymer materials. Additionally, heatbonding does not generally involve the use of stitching or adhesives, but involves directly bonding elements to each other with heat. In some situations, however, stitching or adhesives may be utilized to supplement the heatbond or the joining of elements through heatbonding. A needlepunching process may also be utilized to join the elements or supplement the heatbond.
  • thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and component 120 together when cooled. If, however, the thermoplastic polymer material of component 120 has a melting point that is significantly higher than the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 , then the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into the structure, crevices, or cavities of component 120 to secure the elements together when cooled.
  • component 120 may be formed from a textile that does not include a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend around or bond with filaments in component 120 to secure the textile elements together when cooled.
  • component 120 may be a polymer foam material, polymer sheet, or plate that includes a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and component 120 together when cooled.
  • component 120 may be a polymer foam material, polymer sheet, or plate that does not include a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within component 120 to secure the elements together when cooled.
  • a plurality of heatbond elements 105 e.g., the thermoplastic polymer material from one or both of non-woven textile 100 and component 120
  • a heatbond may be utilized to join non-woven textile 100 and component 120 even when component 120 is formed from a diverse range of materials or has one of a variety of structures.
  • non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are located between first plate 111 and second plate 112 , as depicted in FIG. 12A .
  • Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between non-woven textile 100 and component 120 , as depicted in FIG. 12B .
  • heat is applied to non-woven textile 100 and component 120 . That is, the temperatures of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are elevated to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between non-woven textile 100 and component 120 .
  • first plate 111 may be heated, only second plate 112 may be heated, or both plates 111 and 112 may be heated so as to elevate the temperatures of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 through conduction.
  • first plate 111 may be heated, only second plate 112 may be heated, or both plates 111 and 112 may be heated so as to elevate the temperatures of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 through conduction.
  • the composite element formed from both non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be removed and permitted to cool.
  • the manufacturing process discussed relative to FIGS. 12A-12C generally involves (a) forming non-woven textile 100 and component 120 separately and (b) subsequently joining non-woven textile 100 and component 120 to form the composite element.
  • FIG. 13 a process wherein filaments 103 are deposited directly onto component 120 during the manufacture of non-woven textile 100 is depicted. Initially, component 120 is placed upon plate 112 , which may also be a moving conveyor. An extrusion nozzle 121 then extrudes or otherwise forms a plurality of filaments 103 from a thermoplastic polymer material. As filaments 103 fall upon component 120 , filaments 103 collect, lie, or otherwise deposit upon a surface of component 120 , thereby forming non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is effectively joined to component 120 , thereby forming the composite element.
  • filaments 103 may be deposited directly upon component 120 during the manufacture of non-woven textile 100 .
  • material e.g., foam, molten polymer, a coating
  • material may be sprayed, deposited, or otherwise applied to a surface of non-woven textile 100 to form the composite element.
  • a composite element that includes two or more layers of non-woven textile 100 may be formed by repeatedly depositing layers of filaments 103 . When each of the layers of filaments 103 have different properties or are formed from different polymer materials, the resulting composite element may have the combined properties of the various layers.
  • non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may also be utilized. Rather than heating non-woven textile 100 and component 120 through conduction, other methods that include radio frequency heating or chemical heating may be utilized.
  • second surface 102 and a surface of component 120 may be heated through radiant heating prior to being compressed between plates 111 and 112 .
  • An advantage of utilizing radiant heating to elevate the temperature of only the surfaces forming the heatbond is that the thermoplastic polymer material within other portions of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are not heated significantly.
  • stitching or adhesives may also be utilized between non-woven textile 100 and component 120 to supplement the heatbond.
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 10-12C as having a configuration that does not include fused regions 104 .
  • fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 .
  • fused regions 104 may be formed prior to joining non-woven textile 100 with another component (e.g., component 120 ).
  • fused regions 104 may be formed during the heatbonding process or following the heatbonding process. Accordingly, fused regions 104 may be formed at any stage of the various manufacturing process for composite elements.
  • FIGS. 14 and 15 An example of a composite element that includes non-woven textile 100 and mechanically-manipulated textile 130 is depicted in FIGS. 14 and 15 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is formed from randomly-distributed filaments 103
  • textile 130 is formed by mechanically-manipulating one or more yarns 131 to form a woven or interlooped structure.
  • textile 130 may be formed through a variety of knitting processes, including flat knitting, wide tube circular knitting, narrow tube circular knit jacquard, single knit circular knit jacquard, double knit circular knit jacquard, warp knit jacquard, and double needle bar raschel knitting, for example.
  • textile 130 may have a variety of configurations, and various weft-knitting and warp-knitting techniques may be utilized to manufacture textile 130 .
  • yarns 131 of textile 130 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, many mechanically-manipulated textiles are formed from natural filaments (e.g., cotton, silk) or thermoset polymer materials.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from non-woven textile 100 extends around or bonds with yarns 131 or extends into the structure of yarns 131 to secure non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 together when cooled. More particularly, various heatbond elements 105 are depicted in FIG.
  • the heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may be formed, for example, by compressing and heating the elements between plates 111 and 112 .
  • non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may impart some advantages over either of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 alone.
  • textile 130 may exhibit one-directional stretch, wherein the configuration of yarns 131 allows textile 130 to stretch in one direction, but limits stretch in a perpendicular direction.
  • the composite element may also exhibit a corresponding one-directional stretch.
  • the composite element may also be incorporated into various articles of apparel, with textile 130 being positioned to contact the skin of an individual wearing the apparel, and the materials selected for textile 130 and the structure of textile 130 may impart more comfort than non-woven textile 100 alone.
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to specific areas of the composite element. Accordingly, the composite element may have a configuration that imparts a combination of properties that neither non-woven textile 100 nor textile 130 may impart alone.
  • Sheet 140 may be formed from a sheet or plate of a polymer, suede, synthetic suede, metal, or wood material, for example, and may be either flexible or inflexible.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within sheet 140 to secure the elements together when cooled.
  • thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may intermingle with each other (e.g., diffuse across a boundary layer between the thermoplastic polymer materials) to secure non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 together when cooled.
  • a process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 .
  • stitching or adhesives may be utilized, as well as a needle punching process to push filaments 103 into or through sheet 140 to join non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 or to supplement the heatbond.
  • non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may be suitable for articles of apparel that impart protection from acute impacts, for example.
  • a lack of stitching, rivets, or other elements joining non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 forms a relatively smooth interface.
  • the lack of discontinuities in the area joining non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may impart comfort to the individual wearing the apparel.
  • edges of sheet 140 are depicted as being spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the edges of non-woven textile 100 may be utilized to join the composite element to other textile elements or portions of the apparel.
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to areas of the composite element.
  • sheet 140 is depicted as having a solid or otherwise continuous configuration, sheet 140 may also be absent in various areas of the composite element. Referring to FIG. 18A , sheet 140 has the configuration of various strips of material, that extend across non-woven textile 100 . A similar configuration is depicted in FIG. 18B , wherein sheet 140 has the configuration of a grid. In addition to imparting strength and tear-resistance to the composite element, the strip and grid configurations of sheet 140 expose portions of non-woven textile 100 , thereby allowing permeability in the exposed areas. In each of FIGS. 16-18B , sheet 140 is depicted as having a thickness that is comparable to the thickness of non-woven textile 100 . In FIG. 18C , however, sheet 140 is depicted as having a thickness that is substantially less than the thickness of non-woven textile 100 . Even with a reduced thickness, sheet 140 may impart strength and tear-resistance, while allowing permeability.
  • Foam layer 150 may be formed from a foamed polymer material that is either thermoset or thermoplastic.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities on opposite sides of foam layer 150 to form heatbonds and secure the elements together.
  • the thermoplastic polymer materials of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may intermingle with each other to form heatbonds and secure the elements together.
  • a process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the heatbonds between the two layer of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 . More particularly, foam layer 150 may be placed between the two layers of non-woven textile 100 , and these three elements may be located between plates 111 and 112 . Upon compressing and heating, heatbonds may form between the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and the opposite sides of foam layer 150 . Additionally, the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to each other around the perimeter of foam layer 150 . That is, heatbonds may also be utilized to join the two layers of non-woven textile 100 to each other.
  • foam layer 150 In addition to foam layer 150 , other intermediate elements (e.g., textile 130 or sheet 140 ) may be bonded between the two layers of non-woven textile 100 .
  • a needle punching process may also be utilized to push filaments 103 into or through foam layer 150 to join non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 or to supplement the heatbond, as well as stitching or adhesives.
  • the combination of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may be suitable for articles of apparel where cushioning (i.e., attenuation of impact forces) is advantageous, such as padding for athletic activities that may involve contact or impact with other athletes or equipment.
  • cushioning i.e., attenuation of impact forces
  • the lack of discontinuities in the area joining the layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may impart comfort to the individual wearing the apparel.
  • the edges of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized to join the composite element to other textile elements or portions of the apparel.
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to the composite element.
  • FIGS. 21 and 22 An example of a composite element that includes non-woven textile 100 and a plurality of strands 160 is depicted in FIGS. 21 and 22 .
  • Strands 160 are secured to non-woven textile 100 and extend in a direction that is substantially parallel to either of surfaces 101 and 102 . Referring to the cross-section of FIG. 22 , the positions of strands 160 relative to surfaces 101 and 102 may vary significantly. More particularly, strands 160 may be located upon first surface 101 , strands 160 may be partially embedded within first surface 101 , strands 160 may be recessed under and adjacent to first surface 101 , strands 160 may be spaced inward from first surface 101 and located between surfaces 101 and 102 , or strands 160 may be adjacent to second surface 102 .
  • Strands 160 may be formed from any generally one-dimensional material exhibiting a length that is substantially greater than a width and a thickness. Depending upon the material utilized and the desired properties, strands 160 may be individual filaments, yarns that include a plurality of filaments, or threads that include a plurality of yarns. As discussed in greater detail below, suitable materials for strands 160 include rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylic, silk, cotton, carbon, glass, aramids (e.g., para-aramid fibers and meta-aramid fibers), ultra high molecular weight polyethylene, and liquid crystal polymer, for example. In some configurations, strands 160 may also be metal wires or cables.
  • strands 160 exhibit greater tensile strength and stretch-resistance. That is, strands 160 may be stronger than non-woven textile 100 and may exhibit less stretch than non-woven textile 100 when subjected to a tensile force.
  • the combination of non-woven textile 100 and strands 160 imparts a structure wherein the composite element may stretch in one direction and is substantially stretch-resistant and has more strength in another direction. Referring to FIG. 21 , two perpendicular directions are identified with arrows 161 and 162 .
  • non-woven textile 100 may stretch significantly.
  • strands 160 may be oriented to impart strength and stretch-resistance to the composite element in particular directions. Although strands 160 are discussed herein as imparting stretch-resistance, strands 160 may be formed from materials that stretch significantly. Strands 160 may also be utilized to impart other properties to the composite element. For example, strands 160 may be electrically-conductive to allow the transmission of power or data, or strands 160 may be located within non-woven textile 100 to impart a particular aesthetic.
  • Strands 160 are depicted as being substantially parallel to each other in FIG. 21 , and ends of strands 160 are depicted as being spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100 . In other composite element configurations, strands 160 may be arranged in other orientations and may extend entirely or only partially across non-woven textile 100 . Referring to FIG. 23A , strands 160 are depicted as crossing each other. Given the angle that strands 160 are oriented relative to each other, strands 160 may only partially limit the stretch in the direction of arrow 161 , but the composite element may be substantially stretch-resistant in the direction of arrow 162 . A similar configuration is depicted in FIG. 23B , wherein strands 160 cross each other at right angles.
  • strands 160 may impart stretch-resistance in the directions of both arrows 161 and 162 . That is, the composite element may be stretch-resistant in all directions due to the orientation of strands 160 .
  • ends of strands 160 are spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100 in FIG. 23A
  • the ends of strands 160 extend to the edges of non-woven textile 100 in FIG. 23B .
  • Strands 160 are depicted as having a wave-like or non-linear configuration in FIG. 23C . In this configuration, strands 160 may permit some stretch in the direction of arrow 162 .
  • strands 160 may substantially resist stretch and provide strength in the direction of arrow 162 .
  • FIG. 23D Another configuration is depicted in FIG. 23D , wherein strands 160 are arranged in a non-parallel configuration to radiate outward.
  • fused regions 104 may be added to further affect the properties of the composite element.
  • a single fused region 104 extends across non-woven textile 100 in the direction of arrow 161 .
  • the fused region in FIG. 23E may impart some stretch-resistance in the direction of arrow 161
  • strands 160 may impart stretch-resistance to the direction of arrow 162 .
  • fused regions may extend along strands 160 and in the direction of arrow 162 , as depicted in FIG. 23F . Accordingly, fused regions 104 may be utilized with strands 160 to impart specific properties to a composite element.
  • the material properties of strands 160 relate to the specific materials that are utilized within strands 160 .
  • Examples of material properties that may be relevant in selecting specific materials for strands 160 include tensile strength, tensile modulus, density, flexibility, tenacity, and durability.
  • tensile strength is a measure of resistance to breaking when subjected to tensile (i.e., stretching) forces. That is, a material with a high tensile strength is less likely to break when subjected to tensile forces than a material with a low tensile strength.
  • Tensile modulus is a measure of resistance to stretching when subjected to tensile forces. That is, a material with a high tensile modulus is less likely to stretch when subjected to tensile forces than a material with a low tensile modulus.
  • Density is a measure of mass per unit volume. That is, a particular volume of a material with a high density has more weight than the same volume of a material with a low density.
  • Nylon has a relatively low tensile strength, a relatively low tensile modulus, and an average density when compared to each of the other materials.
  • Steel has an average tensile strength, a moderately high tensile modulus, and a relatively high density when compared to the other materials.
  • nylon is less dense than steel (i.e., lighter than steel)
  • nylon has a lesser strength and a greater propensity to stretch than steel.
  • steel is stronger and exhibits less stretch, steel is significantly more dense (i.e., heavier than nylon).
  • Each of the engineering fibers exhibit tensile strengths and tensile moduli that are comparable to steel.
  • the engineering fibers exhibit densities that are comparable to nylon. That is, the engineering fibers have relatively high tensile strengths and tensile moduli, but also have relatively low densities.
  • each of the engineering fibers have a tensile strength greater than 0.60 gigapascals, a tensile modulus greater than 50 gigapascals, and a density less than 2.0 grams per centimeter cubed.
  • the structural properties of various configurations of strands 160 may be considered when selecting a particular configuration for a composite element.
  • the structural properties of strands 160 relate to the specific structure that is utilized to form strands 160 . Examples of structural properties that may be relevant in selecting specific configurations for strands 160 include denier, number of plies, breaking force, twist, and number of individual filaments, for example.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded or otherwise joined (e.g., through stitching or adhesive bonding) to a variety of other components to form composite elements.
  • An advantage of joining non-woven textile 100 to the other components is that the composite elements generally include combined properties from both non-woven textile 100 and the other components.
  • composite elements may be formed by joining non-woven textile 100 to any of textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , and strands 160 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is often joined with other elements of the product to form a seam.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be joined with other non-woven textile elements, various mechanically-manipulated textile elements, or polymer sheets.
  • stitching and adhesive bonding may be utilized to join non-woven textile 100 to the other elements of the product, the seam may also be formed through a heatbonding process.
  • a general manufacturing process for forming seam 106 will now be discussed with reference to FIGS. 26A-26D .
  • the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are located between a first seam-forming die 117 and a second seam-forming die 118 , as depicted in FIG. 26A .
  • Seam-forming dies 117 and 118 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 , as depicted in FIG. 26B .
  • seam-forming dies 117 and 118 apply heat to the edge areas.
  • seam-forming dies 117 and 118 elevate the temperatures of the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between the edge areas.
  • seam 106 is formed between the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 may be unfolded, as depicted in FIG. 26D .
  • seam 106 may also be trimmed to limit the degree to which the end areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 extend downward at seam 106 .
  • seam 106 may be utilized. Rather than heating the edge areas of elements of non-woven textile 100 through conduction, other methods that include radio frequency heating, chemical heating, or radiant heating may be utilized. In some processes, stitching or adhesives may also be utilized between the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to supplement the heatbond. As an alternate method, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 may be placed upon a surface, such as second plate 112 , and a heated roller 119 may form seam 106 , as depicted in FIG. 27 .
  • the formation of seam 106 involves softening or melting the thermoplastic polymer material in various filaments 103 that are located in the area of seam 106 .
  • the various filaments 103 in the area of seam 106 may (a) remain in a filamentous configuration, (b) melt entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration, or (c) take an intermediate configuration wherein some filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 remain filamentous and other filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 become non-filamentous.
  • filaments 103 are depicted as remaining in the filamentous configuration in the area of seam 106 , but may be melted into a non-filamentous configuration or may take the intermediate configuration. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in the area of seam 106 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100 , the degree of fusing may vary significantly.
  • non-woven textile 100 In forming seam 106 between the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 , the thermoplastic polymer materials from the various filaments 103 intermingle with each other and are secured together when cooled. Non-woven textile 100 may also be joined with other types of elements to form a similar seam 106 . As a first example, non-woven textile 100 is depicted as being joined with mechanically-manipulated textile 130 at seam 106 in FIG. 28A . Although yarns 131 of textile 130 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, many mechanically-manipulated textiles are formed from natural filaments (e.g., cotton, silk) or thermoset polymer materials.
  • natural filaments e.g., cotton, silk
  • thermoplastic polymer material from non-woven textile 100 extends around or bonds with yarns 131 or extends into the structure of yarns 131 to secure the non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 together at seam 106 when cooled.
  • non-woven textile 100 is depicted as being joined with sheet 140 at seam 106 in FIG. 28B .
  • sheet 140 may be a flexible polymer sheet.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within sheet 140 to secure the elements together when cooled.
  • sheet 140 is formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, then the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 together at seam 106 when cooled.
  • the thicknesses of elements of non-woven textile 100 are depicted as being substantially uniform, even in the areas of seam 106 .
  • the configuration of seam 106 may vary to include a variety of other configurations. Referring to FIG. 29A , elements of non-woven textile 100 exhibit reduced thicknesses in the areas of seam 106 , and the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 is depicted as being in a non-filamentous configuration. Seam 106 may also exhibit a pointed configuration, as depicted in FIG. 29B . The temperature and pressure used to form seam 106 may also impart a stepped structure, as depicted in FIG. 29C . Accordingly, the configuration of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 at seam 106 may vary significantly. Moreover, similar configurations for seam 106 may result when non-woven textile 100 is joined with other elements, such as textile 130 or sheet 140 .
  • FIGS. 30 and 31 depict a pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 that are joined to form a seam 107 .
  • an edge area of one non-woven textile 100 overlaps and is joined with an edge of the other non-woven textile 100 at seam 107 .
  • stitching or adhesive bonding may also be utilized to reinforce seam 107 .
  • a single non-woven textile 100 may also be joined with other types of elements, including textile 130 and sheet 140 , to form a similar seam 107 .
  • a general manufacturing process for forming seam 107 will now be discussed with reference to FIGS. 32A-32C .
  • the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are positioned in an overlapping configuration between first seam-forming die 117 and second seam-forming die 118 , as depicted in FIG. 32A .
  • Seam-forming dies 117 and 118 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between edge areas of the pair of non-woven textile elements 100 , as depicted in FIG. 32B .
  • seam-forming dies 117 and 118 apply heat to the edge areas.
  • seam-forming dies 117 and 118 elevate the temperatures of the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between the edge areas.
  • seam 107 is formed between the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • filaments 103 are depicted as remaining in the filamentous configuration in the area of seam 107 , but may be melted into a non-filamentous configuration or may take the intermediate configuration. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in the area of seam 107 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100 , the degree of fusing may vary significantly.
  • First surfaces 101 of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are depicted as being co-planar or flush with each other in FIGS. 30 and 31 .
  • second surfaces 102 of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are also depicted as being coplanar or flush with each other.
  • the configuration of seam 107 may vary to include a variety of other configurations. Referring to FIG. 34A , surfaces 101 and 102 bow inward at seam 107 , and the thermoplastic polymer material is depicted as having a non-filamentous configuration. Surfaces 101 and 102 angle inward more-abruptly in FIG.
  • FIG. 34B depicts the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 as being joined at 107 in a non-coplanar configuration. Accordingly, the configuration of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 at seam 107 may vary significantly. Moreover, similar configurations for seam 107 may result when non-woven textile 100 is joined with other elements, such as textile 130 or sheet 140 .
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in a variety of products
  • the following discussion provides examples of articles of apparel that incorporate non-woven textile 100 . That is, the following discussion demonstrates various ways in which non-woven textile 100 may be incorporated into a shirt 200 , a pair of pants 300 , and an article of footwear 400 .
  • examples of various configurations of shirt 200 , pants 300 , and footwear 400 are provided in order to demonstrate various concepts associated with utilizing non-woven textile 100 in products. Accordingly, while the concepts outlined below are specifically applied to various articles of apparel, the concepts may be applied to a variety of other products.
  • FIGS. 35A-35H Various configurations of shirt 200 are depicted in FIGS. 35A-35H as including a torso region 201 and a pair of arm regions 202 that extend outward from torso region 201 .
  • Torso region 201 corresponds with a torso of a wearer and covers at least a portion of the torso when worn.
  • An upper area of torso region 201 defines a neck opening 203 through which the neck and head of the wearer protrude when shirt 200 is worn.
  • a lower area of torso region 201 defines a waist opening 204 through which the waist or pelvic area of the wearer protrudes when shirt 200 is worn.
  • Arm regions 202 respectively correspond with a right arm and a left arm of the wearer and cover at least a portion of the right arm and the left arm when shirt 200 is worn.
  • Each of arm regions 202 define an arm opening 205 through which the hands, wrists, or arms of the wearer protrude when shirt 200 is worn.
  • Shirt 200 has the configuration of a shirt-type garment, particularly a long-sleeved shirt.
  • shirt-type garments cover a portion of a torso of the wearer and may extend over arms of the wearer.
  • apparel having the general structure of shirt 200 may have the configuration of other shirt-type garments, including short-sleeved shirts, tank tops, undershirts, jackets, or coats.
  • a first configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35A and 36A .
  • a majority of shirt 200 is formed from non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, torso region 201 and each of arm regions 202 are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100 .
  • shirt 200 may be formed from a single element of non-woven textile 100
  • shirt 200 is generally formed from multiple joined elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • at least a front area of torso region 201 is formed one element of non-woven textile 100
  • each of arm regions 202 are formed from different elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • a pair of seams 206 extends between torso region 201 and arm regions 202 in order to join the various elements of non-woven textile 100 together.
  • seams 206 define regions where edge areas of the elements of non-woven textile 100 are heatbonded with each other.
  • one of seams 206 is depicted as having the general configuration of seam 106 , but may also have the configuration of seam 107 or another type of seam. Stitching and adhesive bonding may also be utilized to form or supplement seams 206 .
  • FIGS. 35B and 36B A second configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35B and 36B .
  • a majority of shirt 200 is formed from non-woven textile 100 .
  • various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, fused regions 104 are formed around neck opening 203 , waist opening 204 , and each of arm openings 205 . Given that each of openings 203 - 205 may be stretched as shirt 200 is put on an individual and taken off the individual, fused regions 104 are located around openings 203 - 205 in order to impart greater stretch-resistance to these areas.
  • Filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of shirt 200 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of shirt 200 and may exhibit a non-filamentous configuration, as depicted in FIG. 36B . Filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of shirt 200 may also exhibit a filamentous configuration or the intermediate configuration. In addition to providing greater stretch-resistance, fused regions 104 impart enhanced durability to the areas around openings 203 - 205 .
  • FIGS. 35C and 36C A third configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35C and 36C as including further fused regions 104 .
  • elbow areas of shirt 200 may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as shirt 200 is worn, some of fused regions 104 may be located in the elbow areas to impart greater durability.
  • backpack straps that extend over shoulder areas of shirt 200 may abrade and stretch the shoulder areas. Additional fused regions 200 are, therefore, located in the shoulder areas of shirt 200 to impart both durability and stretch-resistance.
  • the areas of non-woven textile 100 that are located in the shoulder areas and around seams 206 effectively form both seams 206 and the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas, as depicted in FIG. 36C . Two separate processes may be utilized to form these areas.
  • a first heatbonding process may form seams 206
  • a second heating process may form the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas.
  • seams 206 and the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas may be formed through a single heatbonding/heating process.
  • fused regions 104 in shirt 200 may vary significantly, some of fused regions 104 generally have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter.
  • various embossing or calendaring processes may be utilized during the manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100 .
  • Some embossing or calendaring processes may form a plurality of relatively small areas (i.e., one to ten square millimeters) where filaments 103 are somewhat fused to each other.
  • some of fused regions 104 have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter.
  • continuous area or variants thereof is defined as a relatively unbroken or uninterrupted region.
  • the fused region 104 around neck opening 203 individually forms a continuous area
  • each of the fused regions 104 in the elbow areas of shirt 200 individually form a continuous area
  • each of the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas of shirt 200 individually form a continuous area. All of fused regions 104 (i.e., around neck openings 203 - 205 and in the shoulder and elbow areas) are not collectively one continuous area because portions of non-woven textile 100 without significant fusing extend between these fused regions 104 .
  • FIGS. 35D and 36D A fourth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35D and 36D .
  • fused regions 104 are utilized to provide stretch-resistance to the areas around openings 203 - 205 .
  • Another structure that may be utilized to provide stretch-resistance, as well as a different aesthetic, involves folding non-woven textile 100 and heatbonding or otherwise securing non-woven textile 100 to itself at various bond areas 207 , as generally depicted in FIG. 36D . Although this structure may be utilized for any of openings 203 - 205 , bond areas 207 where textile 100 is heatbonded to itself are depicted as extending around waist opening 204 and arm openings 205 .
  • FIGS. 35E and 36E A fifth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35E and 36E .
  • arm regions 202 in this configuration of shirt 200 are formed from textile 130 , which is a mechanically-manipulated textile.
  • seams having the configuration of seams 106 and 107 may join non-woven textile 100 with a variety of other materials, including textile 130 .
  • Seams 206 join, therefore, non-woven textile from torso region 201 with elements of textile 130 from arm regions 202 .
  • Utilizing various types of textile materials within shirt 200 may, for example, enhance the comfort, durability, or aesthetic qualities of shirt 200 .
  • arm regions 202 are depicted as being formed from textile 130 , other areas may additionally or alternatively be formed form textile 130 or other materials.
  • a lower portion of torso region 201 may be formed from textile 130
  • only an area around neck opening 203 may be formed from textile 130
  • the configuration of FIG. 35E may be reversed such that torso region 201 is formed from textile 130 and each of arm regions 202 are formed from non-woven textile 100 .
  • textile 130 is utilized as an example, elements formed from the materials of sheet 140 or foam layer 150 may also be incorporated into shirt 200 and joined with non-woven textile 100 .
  • an article of apparel, such as shirt 200 may incorporate both non-woven textile 100 and various other textiles or materials.
  • Various fused regions 104 are also formed in the non-woven textile 100 of torso region 201 in order to impart different properties to specific areas of shirt 200 that incorporate non-woven textile 100 .
  • FIGS. 35F and 36F A sixth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35F and 36F , in which a majority of shirt 200 is formed from a composite element of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 . More particularly, the material forming shirt 200 has a layered structure including an outer layer of non-woven textile 100 and an inner layer of textile 130 .
  • the combination of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may impart some advantages over either of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 alone.
  • textile 130 may exhibit one-directional stretch that imparts one-directional stretch to the composite element. Textile 130 may also be positioned to contact the skin of an individual wearing shirt 200 , and the materials selected for textile 130 and the structure of textile 130 may impart more comfort than non-woven textile 100 alone.
  • non-woven textile 100 permits elements to be joined through heatbonding.
  • surfaces of the composite material that include non-woven textile 100 are heatbonded to each other to join elements from torso region 201 and one of arm regions 202 .
  • Various fused regions 104 are also formed in regions 201 and 202 in order to impart different properties to specific areas of shirt 200 .
  • a seventh configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35G and 36G .
  • various sheets 140 and foam layers 150 are heatbonded to an interior surface of non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, two sheets 140 are located in the shoulder areas of shirt 200 , two sheets 140 are located in arm regions 202 , and two foam layers 150 are located on sides of torso region 201 .
  • Various fused regions 104 are also formed in non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, a pair of fused regions 104 extend around the areas where foam layers 150 are located in torso region 201 , and a pair of fused regions 104 extend over the areas where sheets 140 are located in arm regions 202 . These fused regions 104 may be utilized to reinforce or add stretch-resistance to areas surrounding foam layers 150 or provide greater durability to areas over sheets 140 , for example.
  • FIGS. 35H and 36H An eighth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35H and 36H .
  • a plurality of strands 160 are also embedded within non-woven textile 100 to, for example, impart stretch-resistance or additional strength to specific areas of shirt 200 . More particularly, seven strands 160 radiate outward and downward from a point in an upper portion of torso region 201 , two strands 160 extend in parallel along each of arm regions 202 , and at least one strand 160 extends across seams 206 in shoulder areas of shirt 200 . Some of strands 160 extend through various fused regions 104 that may impart additional stretch-resistance or durability, for example, to the areas surrounding strands 160 .
  • each of strands 160 pass through one of fused regions 104 , while two of strands 160 extend along a pair of fused regions 104 .
  • a pair of strands 160 are located entirely within fused regions 104 . Accordingly, strands 160 may be utilized alone or coupled with fused regions 104 .
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in an article of apparel, such as shirt 200 .
  • seams 206 having the configuration of either of seams 106 or 107 may be used to join textile elements, including elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into shirt 200 , and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , strands 160 , or various other components to non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 By forming fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 and combining non-woven textile 100 with other components to form composite elements, various properties and combinations of properties may be imparted to different areas of shirt 200 . That is, the various concepts disclosed herein may be utilized individually or in combination to engineer the properties of shirt 200 and tailor shirt 200 to a specific purpose. Given that non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material, seams 206 and the composite elements may be formed through heatbonding.
  • FIGS. 37A-37C Various configurations of pants 300 are depicted in FIGS. 37A-37C as including a pelvic region 301 and a pair of leg regions 302 that extend downward from pelvic region 301 .
  • Pelvic region 301 corresponds with a lower torso and pelvis bone of a wearer and covers at least a portion of the lower torso when worn.
  • An upper area of pelvic region 301 defines a waist opening 303 through which the torso extends when pants 300 are worn.
  • Leg regions 302 respectively correspond with a right leg and a left leg of the wearer and cover at least a portion of the right leg and the left leg when pants 300 are worn.
  • Each of leg regions 302 define an ankle opening 304 through which the ankle and feet of the wearer protrude when pants 300 are worn.
  • Pants 300 have the configuration of a pants-type garment, particularly a pair of athletic pants.
  • pants-type garments cover the lower torso of the wearer and may extend over legs of the wearer.
  • apparel having the general structure of pants 300 may have the configuration of other pants-type garments, including shorts, jeans, briefs, swimsuits, and undergarments.
  • a first configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37A .
  • a majority of pants 300 is formed from non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, pelvic region 301 and each of leg regions 302 are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100 .
  • pants 300 may be formed from a single element of non-woven textile 100
  • pants 300 is generally formed from multiple joined elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • seams similar to seams 106 , 107 , or 206 may be utilized to join the various elements of non-woven textile 100 together. Stitching and adhesive bonding may also be utilized to form or supplement the seams.
  • a pocket 305 is formed in pants 300 and may be utilized to hold or otherwise contain relatively small objects (e.g., keys, wallet, identification card, mobile phone, portable music player).
  • Two overlapping layers of non-woven textile 100 are utilized to form pocket 305 , as depicted in FIG. 38 . More particularly, a bond area 306 is utilized to heatbond the layers of non-woven textile 100 to each other. A central area of one of the layers of non-woven textile 100 remains unbonded, however, to form the areas within pocket 305 for containing the objects.
  • a pocket similar to pocket 305 may also be formed in other products and articles of apparel, including shirt 200 .
  • FIG. 37B A second configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37B .
  • a majority of pants 300 is formed from non-woven textile 100 .
  • various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, fused regions 104 are formed around waist opening 303 and each of leg openings 304 . Another fused region 104 is formed at an opening for pocket 305 . Given that each of openings 303 and 304 , as well as the opening to pocket 305 , may be stretched, fused regions 104 may be utilized to impart greater stretch-resistance to these areas.
  • filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of pants 300 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of pants 300 and may have any of the filamentous, non-filamentous, or intermediate configurations discussed above.
  • fused regions 104 impart enhanced durability. Given that knee areas of pants 300 may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as pants 300 are worn, additional fused regions 104 may be located in the knee areas to impart greater durability.
  • a third configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37C .
  • fused regions 104 , textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , and strands 160 may be utilized to impart properties to various areas of pants 300 .
  • textile 130 is heatbonded to an interior surface of non-woven textile 100 .
  • a pair of sheets 140 are heatbonded to pants 300 in side areas of pelvic region 301 , and portions of the fused region 104 around waist opening 303 extend under sheets 140 .
  • a pair of foam layers 150 are also located in the knee areas of pants 300 , and strands 160 that extend along leg regions 302 extend under foam layers 150 (e.g., between non-woven textile 100 and foam layers 150 ).
  • End areas of strands 160 also extend into fused regions 104 in lower areas of leg regions 302 . Accordingly, fused regions 104 , textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , and strands 160 may be utilized or combined in a variety of ways to impart properties to different various areas of pants 300 . Whereas various elements of sheet 140 and foam layer 150 are heatbonded with an interior surface of shirt 200 in FIG. 35G , various elements of sheet 140 and foam layer 150 are heatbonded with an exterior surface of pants 300 in FIG. 37C . Depending upon various structural and aesthetic factors, composite elements and apparel including the composite elements may be formed with components (e.g., textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , strands 160 ) located on an exterior or an interior of non-woven textile 100 .
  • components e.g., textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , strands 160
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in an article of apparel, such as pants 300 . Seams of various types may be used to join textile elements, including elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into shirt 200 , and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , strands 160 , or various other components to non-woven textile 100 .
  • fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 and combining non-woven textile 100 with other components to form composite elements, various properties and combinations of properties may be imparted to different areas of pants 300 .
  • non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material
  • the seams and composite elements may be formed through heatbonding.
  • FIGS. 39A-39G Various configurations of footwear 400 are depicted in FIGS. 39A-39G as including a sole structure 410 and an upper 420 .
  • Sole structure 410 is secured to upper 420 and extends between the foot of a wearer and the ground when footwear 400 is placed upon the foot.
  • sole structure 410 may attenuate ground reaction forces when compressed between the foot and the ground during walking, running, or other ambulatory activities.
  • sole structure 410 includes a fluid-filled chamber 411 , a reinforcing structure 412 that is bonded to and extends around an exterior of chamber 411 , and an outsole 413 that is secured to a lower surface of chamber 411 , which is similar to a sole structure that is disclosed in U.S. Pat.
  • sole structure 410 may vary significantly to include a variety of other conventional or nonconventional structures.
  • sole structure 410 may incorporate a polymer foam element in place of chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412 , and the polymer foam element may at least partially encapsulate a fluid-filled chamber, as disclosed in either of U.S. Pat. No. 7,000,335 to Swigart, et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 7,386,946 to Goodwin, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • sole structure 410 may incorporate a fluid-filled chamber with an internal foam tensile member, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,131,218 to Schindler, which is incorporated by reference herein. Accordingly, sole structure 410 may have a variety of configurations.
  • Upper 420 defines a void within footwear 400 for receiving and securing the foot relative to sole structure 410 . More particularly, upper 420 is structured to extend along a lateral side of the foot, along a medial side of the foot, over the foot, and under the foot, such that the void within upper 420 is shaped to accommodate the foot. Access to the void is provided by an ankle opening 421 located in at least a heel region of footwear 400 .
  • a lace 422 extends through various lace apertures 423 in upper 420 and permits the wearer to modify dimensions of upper 420 to accommodate the proportions of the foot. Lace 422 also permits the wearer to loosen upper 420 to facilitate entry and removal of the foot from the void.
  • upper 420 may include a tongue that extends under lace 422 to enhance the comfort or adjustability of footwear 400 .
  • FIGS. 39A and 40A A first configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39A and 40A .
  • Portions of upper 420 that extend along sides of the foot, over the foot, and under the foot may be formed from various elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • seams similar to seams 106 and 107 may be used to join the elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • stitching or adhesives are utilized to join the upper and sole structure.
  • Sole structure 410 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. More particularly, chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material that joins to upper 420 with a heatbond.
  • a heatbonding process may be utilized to join sole structure 410 and upper 420 .
  • stitching or adhesives may be utilized to join sole structure 410 and upper 420 , or the heatbond may be supplemented with stitching or adhesives.
  • thermoplastic polymer materials A relatively large percentage of footwear 400 may be formed from thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • non-woven textile 100 , chamber 411 , and reinforcing structure 412 may be at least partially formed from thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • lace 422 is not generally joined to upper 420 through bonding or stitching, lace 422 may also be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • outsole 413 may also be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • the percentage by mass of footwear 400 that is formed from the thermoplastic polymer materials may range from thirty percent to one-hundred percent.
  • At least sixty percent of a combined mass of upper 420 and sole structure 410 may be from the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) other elements of upper 420 (i.e., lace 422 ) and (b) the elements of sole structure 410 (i.e., chamber 411 , reinforcing structure 412 , outsole 413 ).
  • at least eighty percent or even at least ninety percent of a combined mass of upper 420 and sole structure 410 may be from the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) other elements of upper 420 and (b) the elements of sole structure 410 . Accordingly, a majority or even all of footwear 400 may be formed from one or more thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • FIGS. 39B and 40B A second configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39B and 40B , in which three generally linear fused regions 104 extend from a heel area to a forefoot area of footwear 400 .
  • the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 is fused to a greater degree in fused regions 104 than in other areas of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 may also be fused to form a non-filamentous portion of non-woven textile 100 .
  • the three fused regions 104 form, therefore, areas where filaments 103 are fused to a greater degree than in other areas of upper 420 .
  • Fused regions 104 have generally greater stretch-resistance than other areas of non-woven textile 100 . Given that fused regions 104 extend longitudinally between the heel area and the forefoot area of footwear 400 , fused regions 104 may reduce the amount of longitudinal stretch in footwear 400 . That is, fused regions 104 may impart greater stretch-resistance to footwear 400 in the direction between the heel area and the forefoot area. Fused regions 104 may also increase the durability of upper 420 and decrease the permeability of upper 420 .
  • FIGS. 39C and 40C A third configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39C and 40C .
  • Various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100 .
  • One of fused regions 104 extends around and is proximal to ankle opening 421 , which may add greater stretch-resistance to the area around ankle opening 421 and assists with securely-retaining the foot within upper 420 .
  • Another fused region 104 is located in the heel region and extends around a rear area of the footwear to form a heel counter that resists movement of the heel within upper 420 .
  • a further fused region 104 is located in the forefoot area and adjacent to the sole structure, which adds greater durability to the forefoot area.
  • the forefoot area of upper 420 may experience greater abrasive-wear than other portions of upper 420 , and the addition to fused region 104 in the forefoot area may enhance the abrasion-resistance of footwear 400 in the forefoot area.
  • Additional fused regions 104 extend around some of lace apertures 423 , which may enhance the durability and stretch-resistance of areas that receive lace 422 .
  • Fused regions 104 also extend downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 in order to enhance the stretch-resistance along the sides of footwear 400 . More particularly, tension in lace 422 may place tension in the sides of upper 420 . By forming fused regions 104 that extend downward along the sides of upper 420 , the stretch in upper 420 may be reduced.
  • fused regions 104 in footwear 400 may vary significantly, but fused regions 104 generally have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter.
  • various embossing or calendaring processes may be utilized during the manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100 .
  • Some embossing or calendaring processes may form a plurality of relatively small areas (i.e., one to ten square millimeters) where filaments 103 are somewhat fused to each other.
  • fused regions 104 have a continuous area, as defined above, of at least one square centimeter.
  • upper 420 may be formed from a single layer of non-woven textile 100 , multiple layers may also be utilized.
  • upper 420 includes an intermediate foam layer 150 between two layers of non-woven textile 100 .
  • foam layer imparts additional cushioning to the sides of upper 420 , thereby protecting and imparting greater comfort to the foot.
  • the portions of upper 420 that incorporate foam layer 150 may be formed to have the general configuration of the composite element discussed above relative to FIGS. 19 and 20 .
  • a heatbonding process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the portions of upper 420 that incorporate foam layer 150 .
  • textile 130 or sheet 140 may also be heatbonded to non-woven textile 100 in footwear 400 . Accordingly, incorporating various composite elements into footwear 400 may impart a layered configuration with different properties.
  • FIGS. 39D and 40D A fourth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39D and 40D , in which various strands 160 are embedded within non-woven textile 100 .
  • many of the materials noted above for strands 160 exhibit greater tensile strength and stretch-resistance. That is, strands 160 may be stronger than non-woven textile 100 and may exhibit less stretch than non-woven textile 100 when subjected to a tensile force. When utilized within footwear 400 , therefore, strands 160 may be utilized to impart greater strength and stretch-resistance than non-woven textile 100 .
  • Strands 160 are embedded within non-woven textile 100 or otherwise bonded to non-woven textile 100 . Many of strands 160 extend in a direction that is substantially parallel to a surface of non-woven textile 100 for a distance of at least five centimeters. An advantage to forming at least some of strands 160 to extend through the distance of at least five centimeters is that tensile forces upon one area of footwear 400 may be transferred along strands 160 to another area of footwear 400 .
  • One group of strands 160 extends from the heel area to the forefoot area of footwear 400 to increase strength and reduce the amount of longitudinal stretch in footwear 400 . That is, these strands 160 may impart greater strength and stretch-resistance to footwear 400 in the direction between the heel area and the forefoot area.
  • Another group of strands 160 extends downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 in order to enhance the strength and stretch-resistance along the sides of footwear 400 . More particularly, tension in lace 422 may place tension in the sides of upper 420 . By positioning strands 160 to extend downward along the sides of upper 420 , the stretch in upper 420 may be reduced, while increasing the strength. A further group of strands 160 is also located in the heel region to effectively form a heel counter that enhances the stability of footwear 400 . Additional details concerning footwear having a configuration that includes strands similar to strands 160 are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication US2007/0271821 to Meschter, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIGS. 39E A fifth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39E .
  • various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100 . More particularly, fused regions 104 are located in the areas of the groups of strands 160 that (a) extend downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 and (b) are located in the heel region. At least a portion of strands 160 extend through the fused regions 104 , which imparts additional stretch-resistance and greater durability to the areas of upper 420 that incorporate strands 160 , thereby providing greater protection to strands 160 .
  • Fused regions 104 may have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 within fused regions 104 may be either, filamentous, non-filamentous, or a combination of filamentous and non-filamentous.
  • FIG. 39F A sixth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIG. 39F .
  • Three fused regions 104 in the side of footwear 400 have the shapes of the letters “A,” “B,” and “C.”
  • fused regions 104 may be utilized to modify various properties of non-woven textile 100 , including the properties of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance.
  • various aesthetic properties may also be modified by forming fused regions 104 , including the transparency and the darkness of a color of non-woven textile 100 . That is, the color of fused regions 104 may be darker than the color of other portions of non-woven textile 100 . Utilizing this change in aesthetic properties, fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in areas of footwear 400 .
  • fused regions 104 may be utilized to form a name or logo of a team or company, the name or initials of an individual, or an esthetic pattern, drawing, or element in non-woven textile 100 . Similarly, fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in shirt 200 , pants 300 , or any other product incorporating non-woven textile 100 .
  • Fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in the side of footwear 400 , as depicted in FIG. 39F , and also in shirt 200 , pants 300 , or a variety of other products incorporating non-woven textile 100 .
  • elements of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded or otherwise joined to various products to form indicia.
  • elements of non-woven textile 100 having the shapes of the letters “A,” “B,” and “C” may be heatbonded to the sides of an article of footwear where the upper is primarily formed from synthetic leather.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to a variety of other materials
  • elements of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to products in order to form indicia.
  • Seams similar to seams 106 and 107 may be used to join the elements of non-woven textile 100 in any configuration of footwear 400 .
  • a pair of seams 424 extend in a generally diagonal direction through upper 420 to join different elements of non-woven textile 100 .
  • heatbonding may be utilized to form seams 424
  • stitching or adhesives may also be utilized.
  • sole structure 410 may also have various structures, in addition to the structure that includes chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412 . Referring again to FIG.
  • thermoplastic polymer foam material 425 is utilized in place of chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412 , and upper 420 may be heatbonded to foam material 425 to join sole structure 410 to upper 420 . Heatbonds may also be utilized when a thermoset polymer foam material is utilized within sole structure 410 .
  • a seventh configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIG. 39G , wherein non-woven textile 100 is utilized to form a pair of straps 426 that replace or supplement lace 422 .
  • straps 426 permit the wearer to modify dimensions of upper 420 to accommodate the proportions of the foot. Straps 426 also permit the wearer to loosen upper 420 to facilitate entry and removal of the foot from the void.
  • One end of straps 426 may be permanently secured to upper 420 , whereas a remainder of straps 426 may be joined with a hook-and-loop fastener, for example.
  • This configuration allows straps to be adjusted by the wearer.
  • non-woven textile 100 may stretch and return to an original configuration after being stretched. Utilizing this property, the wearer may stretch straps 426 to impart tension, thereby tightening upper 420 around the foot. By lifting straps, the tension may be released to allow entry and removal of the foot.
  • non-woven textile 100 may also form structural elements of footwear 400 .
  • a lace loop 427 is depicted in FIG. 41 .
  • Lace loop 427 may be incorporated into upper 420 as a replacement or alternative for one or more of the various lace apertures 423 .
  • lace apertures 423 are openings through upper 420 that receive lace 422
  • lace loop 427 is a folded or overlapped area of non-woven textile 100 that defines a channel through which lace 422 extends.
  • non-woven textile 100 is heatbonded to itself at a bond area 428 to form the channel.
  • non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in apparel having the configuration of an article of footwear, such as footwear 400 .
  • various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into footwear 400 , and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130 , sheet 140 , foam layer 150 , strands 160 , or various other components to non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material, a heatbonding process may be utilized to join upper 420 to sole structure 410 .
  • non-woven textile 100 depicted in FIG. 1 has a generally planar configuration.
  • Non-woven textile 100 may also exhibit a variety of three-dimensional configurations.
  • non-woven textile 100 is depicted as having a wavy or undulating configuration in FIG. 42A .
  • a similar configuration with squared waves is depicted in FIG. 42B .
  • non-woven textile may have waves that extend in two directions to impart an egg crate configuration, as depicted in FIG. 42C .
  • non-woven textile 100 may be formed to have a variety of non-planar or three-dimensional configurations.
  • FIGS. 43A-43C an example of a method is depicted as involving first plate 111 and second plate 112 , which each have surfaces that correspond with the resulting three-dimensional aspects of non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 is located between plates 111 and 112 , as depicted in FIG. 43A .
  • Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to contact and compress non-woven textile 100 , as depicted in FIG. 43B .
  • non-woven textile 100 In order to form the three-dimensional configuration in non-woven textile 100 , heat from one or both of plates 111 and 112 is applied to non-woven textile 100 so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103 . Upon separating plates 111 and 112 , as depicted in FIG. 43C , non-woven textile 100 exhibits the three-dimensional configuration from the surfaces of plates 111 and 112 . Although heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency or radiant heating may also be used. As another example of a process that may be utilized to form a three-dimensional configuration in non-woven textile 100 , filaments 103 may be directly deposited upon a three-dimensional surface in the process for manufacturing non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 has a configuration wherein first surface 101 is textured to include a plurality of wave-like features.
  • FIG. 44B Another configuration is depicted in FIG. 44B , wherein first surface 101 is textured to include a plurality of x-shaped features.
  • Textures may also be utilized to convey information, as in the series of alpha-numeric characters that are formed in first surface 101 in FIG. 44C .
  • textures may be utilized to impart the appearance of other materials, such as the synthetic leather texture in FIG. 44D .
  • FIGS. 45A-45C an example of a method is depicted as involving first plate 111 and second plate 112 , which each have textured surfaces.
  • non-woven textile 100 is located between plates 111 and 112 , as depicted in FIG. 45A .
  • Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to contact and compress non-woven textile 100 , as depicted in FIG. 45B .
  • heat from one or both of plates 111 and 112 is applied to non-woven textile 100 so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103 .
  • non-woven textile 100 Upon separating plates 111 and 112 , as depicted in FIG. 45C , non-woven textile 100 exhibits the texture from the surfaces of plates 111 and 112 .
  • heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency or radiant heating may also be used.
  • a textured release paper may be placed adjacent to non-woven textile 100 . Upon compressing and heating, the texture from the release paper may be transferred to non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 Depending upon the type of polymer material utilized for non-woven textile 100 , a variety of coloring processes may be utilized to impart color to non-woven textile 100 . Digital printing, for example, may be utilized to deposit dye or a colorant onto either if surfaces 101 and 102 to form indicia, graphics, logos, or other aesthetic features. Instructions, size identifiers, or other information may also be printed onto non-woven textile 100 . Moreover, coloring processes may be utilized before or after non-woven textile 100 is incorporated into a product. Other coloring processes, including screen printing and laser printing, may be used to impart colors or change the overall color of portions of non-woven textile 100 .
  • non-woven textile 100 may be formed.
  • these features may provide both structural and aesthetic enhancements to the products.
  • the three-dimensional configurations may provide enhanced impact force attenuation and greater permeability by increasing surface area. Texturing may increase slip-resistance, as well as providing a range of aesthetic possibilities.
  • coloring non-woven textile 100 may be utilized to convey information and increase the visibility of the products.
  • Stitching may be utilized to join an element of non-woven textile 100 to other elements of non-woven textile 100 , other textiles, or a variety of other materials. As discussed above, stitching may be utilized alone, or in combination with heatbonding or adhesives to join non-woven textile 100 . Additionally, stitching, embroidery, or stitchbonding may be used to form a composite element and provide structural or aesthetic elements to non-woven textile 100 . Referring to FIG. 46A , a thread 163 is stitched into non-woven textile 100 to form a plurality of parallel lines that extend across non-woven textile 100 .
  • thread 163 When incorporated into products having non-woven textile 100 (e.g., shirt 200 , pants 300 , footwear 400 ), thread 163 may provide both structural and aesthetic enhancements to the products.
  • Thread 163 may be stitched to provide a variety of stitch configurations.
  • thread 163 has the configuration of a zigzag stitch in FIG. 46B and the configuration of a chain stitch in FIG. 46C .
  • thread 163 forms generally parallel lines of stitches in FIGS. 46A and 46B
  • the stitches formed by thread 163 are non-parallel and cross each other in FIG. 46C .
  • Thread 163 may also be embroidered to form various configurations, as depicted in FIG. 46 D. Stitching may also be utilized to form more complicated configurations with thread 163 , as depicted in FIG. 46E .
  • Non-woven textile 100 may also include various fused regions 104 , with the stitches formed by thread 163 extending through both fused and non-fused areas of non-woven textile 100 , as depicted in FIG. 46F . Accordingly, thread 163 may be utilized to form a variety of stitch types that may impart stretch-resistance, enhance strength, or enhance the overall aesthetics of non-woven textile 100 . Moreover, fused regions 104 may also be formed in non-woven textile 100 to modify other properties.
  • FIGS. 47 and 48 An element of tape 170 is depicted in FIGS. 47 and 48 as having the configuration of a composite elements that includes non-woven textile 100 and an adhesive layer 171 .
  • Tape 170 may be utilized for a variety of purposes, including as packing tape, as painting tape, or as medical or therapeutic tape.
  • An advantage to utilizing tape 170 as medical or therapeutic tape, for example, is that the permeability and stretch-resistance, among other properties, may be controlled. With regard to permeability, when tape 170 to be adhered to the skin of an individual (i.e., with adhesive layer 171 ), air and water may pass through tape 170 to impart breathability and allow the underlying skin to be washed or otherwise cleansed. Tape 170 may also resist stretch when adhered to the skin of the individual to provide support for surrounding soft tissue. Examples of suitable materials for adhesive layer 171 include any of the conventional adhesives utilized in tape-type products, including medical-grade acrylic adhesive.
  • a variety of structures that be utilized to impart specific degrees of stretch-resistance to tape 170 may be controlled though the thickness of non-woven textile 100 or the materials forming filaments 103 in non-woven textile 100 .
  • fused regions 104 may also be formed in tape 170 to control stretch-resistance.
  • Strands 160 may also be incorporated into tape 170 to impart a higher level of stretch-resistance, as depicted in FIG. 49B .
  • some configurations of tape 170 may include both fused regions 104 and strands 160 , as depicted in FIG. 49C .
  • Filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 include a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • a majority or substantially all of filaments 103 are formed from the thermoplastic polymer material.
  • a majority or substantially all of shirt 200 and pants 300 are formed from the thermoplastic polymer material.
  • a relatively large percentage of footwear 400 may also be formed from thermoplastic polymer materials. Unlike many articles of apparel, the materials of shirt 200 , pants 300 , and footwear 400 may be recycled following their useful lives.
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 may be extracted, recycled, and incorporated into another product (e.g., apparel, container, upholstery) as a non-woven textile, a polymer foam, or a polymer sheet.
  • another product e.g., apparel, container, upholstery
  • thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 is incorporated into one or more of another shirt 200 , pants 300 , or footwear 400 .
  • a majority or substantially all of shirt 200 is formed from the thermoplastic polymer material, then a majority or substantially all of the thermoplastic polymer material may be utilized in another product following recycling.
  • thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 was initially utilized within non-woven textile 100
  • the thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 may be subsequently utilized in another element of non-woven textile 100 , another textile that includes a thermoplastic polymer material, a polymer foam, or a polymer sheet.
  • Pants 300 , footwear 400 , and other products incorporating non-woven textile 100 may be recycled through a similar process. Accordingly, an advantage of forming shirt 200 , pants 300 , footwear 400 , or other products with the various configurations discussed above relates to recyclability.
  • Non-woven textile 100 includes a plurality of filaments 103 that are at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material.
  • Various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to modify properties that include permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance.
  • Various components textiles, polymer sheets, foam layers, strands
  • fused regions 104 and the components may be combined to impart various configurations to non-woven textile 100 .

Abstract

A non-woven textile may be formed from a plurality of thermoplastic polymer filaments. The non-woven textile may have a first region and a second region, with the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region. A variety of products, including apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear), may incorporate the non-woven textile. In some of these products, the non-woven textile may be joined with another textile element to form a seam. More particularly, an edge area of the non-woven textile may be heatbonded with an edge area of the other textile element at the seam. In other products, the non-woven textile may be joined with another component, whether a textile or a non-textile.

Description

    BACKGROUND
  • A variety of products are at least partially formed from textiles. As examples, articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, socks, jackets, undergarments, footwear), containers (e.g., backpacks, bags), and upholstery for furniture (e.g., chairs, couches, car seats) are often formed from various textile elements that are joined through stitching or adhesive bonding. Textiles may also be utilized in bed coverings (e.g., sheets, blankets), table coverings, towels, flags, tents, sails, and parachutes. Textiles utilized for industrial purposes are commonly referred to as technical textiles and may include structures for automotive and aerospace applications, filter materials, medical textiles (e.g. bandages, swabs, implants), geotextiles for reinforcing embankments, agrotextiles for crop protection, and industrial apparel that protects or insulates against heat and radiation. Accordingly, textiles may be incorporated into a variety of products for both personal and industrial purposes.
  • Textiles may be defined as any manufacture from fibers, filaments, or yarns having a generally two-dimensional structure (i.e., a length and a width that are substantially greater than a thickness). In general, textiles may be classified as mechanically-manipulated textiles or non-woven textiles. Mechanically-manipulated textiles are often formed by weaving or interlooping (e.g., knitting) a yarn or a plurality of yarns, usually through a mechanical process involving looms or knitting machines. Non-woven textiles are webs or mats of filaments that are bonded, fused, interlocked, or otherwise joined. As an example, a non-woven textile may be formed by randomly depositing a plurality of polymer filaments upon a surface, such as a moving conveyor. Various embossing or calendaring processes may also be utilized to ensure that the non-woven textile has a substantially constant thickness, impart texture to one or both surfaces of the non-woven textile, or further bond or fuse filaments within the non-woven textile to each other. Whereas spunbonded non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of 10 to 100 microns, meltblown non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of less than 10 microns.
  • Although some products are formed from one type of textile, many products may also be formed from two or more types of textiles in order to impart different properties to different areas. As an example, shoulder and elbow areas of a shirt may be formed from a textile that imparts durability (e.g., abrasion-resistance) and stretch-resistance, whereas other areas may be formed from a textile that imparts breathability, comfort, stretch, and moisture-absorption. As another example, an upper for an article of footwear may have a structure that includes numerous layers formed from various types of textiles and other materials (e.g., polymer foam, leather, synthetic leather), and some of the layers may also have areas formed from different types of textiles to impart different properties. As yet another example, straps of a backpack may be formed from non-stretch textile elements, lower areas of a backpack may be formed from durable and water-resistant textile elements, and a remainder of the backpack may be formed from comfortable and compliant textile elements. Accordingly, many products may incorporate various types of textiles in order to impart different properties to different portions of the products.
  • In order to impart the different properties to different areas of a product, textile elements formed from the materials must be cut to desired shapes and then joined together, usually with stitching or adhesive bonding. As the number and types of textile elements incorporated into a product increases, the time and expense associated with transporting, stocking, cutting, and joining the textile elements may also increase. Waste material from cutting and stitching processes also accumulates to a greater degree as the number and types of textile elements incorporated into a product increases. Moreover, products with a greater number of textile elements and other materials may be more difficult to recycle than products formed from few elements and materials. By decreasing the number of elements and materials utilized in a product, therefore, waste may be decreased while increasing the manufacturing efficiency and recyclability.
  • SUMMARY
  • A non-woven textile and products incorporating the non-woven textile are disclosed below. The non-woven textile may be formed from a plurality of filaments that are at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. In some configurations of the non-woven textile, the filaments or the thermoplastic polymer material may be elastomeric or may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
  • The non-woven textile may have a first region and a second region, with the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region. Depending upon the degree of fusing in the first region, the thermoplastic polymer material from the filaments may remain filamentous, become non-filamentous, or take an intermediate form that is partially filamentous and partially non-filamentous. Fusing within the first region may alter properties such as permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance.
  • A variety of products, including apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear), may incorporate the non-woven textile. In some of these products, the non-woven textile may be joined with another textile element or component to form a seam. More particularly, an edge area of the non-woven textile may be heatbonded with an edge area of the other textile element or component at the seam. In other products, a surface the non-woven textile may be joined with another textile element or component (e.g., a polymer sheet, a polymer foam layer, or various strands) to form a composite element.
  • The advantages and features of novelty characterizing aspects of the invention are pointed out with particularity in the appended claims. To gain an improved understanding of the advantages and features of novelty, however, reference may be made to the following descriptive matter and accompanying figures that describe and illustrate various configurations and concepts related to the invention.
  • FIGURE DESCRIPTIONS
  • The foregoing Summary and the following Detailed Description will be better understood when read in conjunction with the accompanying figures.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the non-woven textile, as defined by section line 2-2 in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the non-woven textile with a plurality of fused regions.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C are cross-sectional views, as defined by section line 4-4 in FIG. 3, depicting different configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 5A-5H are perspective views of further configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 6A-6F are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIGS. 4A-4C and depicting further configurations of the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 7A-7C are perspective views of a first process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 8A-8C are perspective views of a second process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a third process for forming the fused regions in the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a first composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the first composite element, as defined by section line 11-11 in FIG. 10.
  • FIGS. 12A-12C are perspective views of a process for forming the first composite element.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic perspective view of a another process for forming the first composite element.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a second composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of the second composite element, as defined by section line 15-15 in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a third composite element that includes the non-woven.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the third composite element, as defined by section line 17-17 in FIG. 16.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C are perspective views of further configurations of the third composite element.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a fourth composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the fourth composite element, as defined by section line 20-20 in FIG. 19.
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a fifth composite element that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fifth composite element, as defined by section line 22-22 in FIG. 21.
  • FIGS. 23A-23F are perspective views of further configurations of the fifth composite element.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view of two elements of the non-woven textile joined with a first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the first seam configuration, as defined by section line 25-25 in FIG. 24.
  • FIGS. 26A-26D are side elevational views of a process for forming the first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of another process for forming the first seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B are perspective views of elements of the non-woven textile joined with other elements to form the first seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 29A-29C are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIG. 25 and depicting further examples of the first seam configuration.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of two elements of the non-woven textile joined with a second seam configuration.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the second seam configuration, as defined by section line 31-31 in FIG. 30.
  • FIGS. 32A-32C are side elevational views of a process for forming the second seam configuration.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view of another process for forming the second seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 34A-34C are cross-sectional views corresponding with FIG. 31 and depicting further configurations of the second seam configuration.
  • FIGS. 35A-35H are front elevational views of various configurations of a shirt that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 36A-36H are cross-sectional views of the configurations of the shirt, as respectively defined by section lines 36A-36A through 36H-36H in FIGS. 35A-35H.
  • FIGS. 37A-37C are front elevational views of various configurations of a pair of pants that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the pair of pants, as defined by section line 38-38 in FIG. 33A.
  • FIGS. 39A-39G are side elevational views of various configurations of an article of footwear that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 40A-40D are cross-sectional views of the configurations of the article of footwear, as respectively defined by section lines 40A-40A through 40D-40D in FIGS. 39A-39D.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view of a lace loop for the article of footwear that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 42A-42C are perspective views of three-dimensional configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 43A-43C are perspective views of a process for forming the three-dimensional configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 44A-44D are perspective views of textured configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 45A-45C are perspective views of a process for forming the textured configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIGS. 46A-46F are perspective views of stitched configurations of the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 47 is a perspective view of an element of tape that includes the non-woven textile.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of the tape, as defined by section line 48-48 in FIG. 47.
  • FIGS. 49A-49C are perspective views of additional configurations of the element of tape.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic view of a recycling process.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The following discussion and accompanying figures disclose a non-woven textile 100 and various products incorporating non-woven textile 100. Although non-woven textile 100 is disclosed below as being incorporated into various articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear) for purposes of example, non-woven textile 100 may also be incorporated into a variety of other products. For example, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in other types of apparel, containers, and upholstery for furniture. Non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized in bed coverings, table coverings, towels, flags, tents, sails, and parachutes. Various configurations of non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized for industrial purposes, as in automotive and aerospace applications, filter materials, medical textiles, geotextiles, agrotextiles, and industrial apparel. Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in a variety of products for both personal and industrial purposes.
  • I—Non-Woven Textile Configuration
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2 as having a first surface 101 and an opposite second surface 102. Non-woven textile 100 is primarily formed from a plurality of filaments 103 that include a thermoplastic polymer material. Filaments 103 are distributed randomly throughout non-woven textile 100 and are bonded, fused, interlocked, or otherwise joined to form a structure with a relatively constant thickness (i.e., distance between surfaces 101 and 102). An individual filament 103 may be located on first surface 101, on second surface 102, between surfaces 101 and 102, or on both of surfaces 101 and 102. Depending upon the manner in which non-woven textile 100 is formed, multiple portions of an individual filament 103 may be located on first surface 101, different portions of the individual filament 103 may be located on second surface 102, and other portions of the individual filament 103 may be located between surfaces 101 and 102. In order to impart an interlocking structure, the various filaments 103 may wrap around each other, extend over and under each other, and pass through various areas of non-woven textile 100. In areas where two or more filaments 103 contact each other, the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 may be bonded or fused to join filaments 103 to each other. Accordingly, filaments 103 are effectively joined to each other in a variety of ways to form a cohesive structure within non-woven textile 100.
  • Fibers are often defined, in textile terminology, as having a relatively short length that ranges from one millimeter to a few centimeters or more, whereas filaments are often defined as having a longer length than fibers or even an indeterminate length. As utilized within the present document, the term “filament” or variants thereof is defined as encompassing lengths of both fibers and filaments from the textile terminology definitions. Accordingly, filaments 103 or other filaments referred to herein may generally have any length. As an example, therefore, filaments 103 may have a length that ranges from one millimeter to hundreds of meters or more.
  • Filaments 103 include a thermoplastic polymer material. In general, a thermoplastic polymer material melts when heated and returns to a solid state when cooled. More particularly, the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from a solid state to a softened or liquid state when subjected to sufficient heat, and then the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from the softened or liquid state to the solid state when sufficiently cooled. As such, the thermoplastic polymer material may be melted, molded, cooled, re-melted, re-molded, and cooled again through multiple cycles. Thermoplastic polymer materials may also be welded or heatbonded, as described in greater detail below, to other textile elements, plates, sheets, polymer foam elements, thermoplastic polymer elements, thermoset polymer elements, or a variety of other elements formed from various materials. In contrast with thermoplastic polymer materials, many thermoset polymer materials do not melt when heated, simply burning instead. Although a wide range of thermoplastic polymer materials may be utilized for filaments 103, examples of some suitable thermoplastic polymer materials include thermoplastic polyurethane, polyamide, polyester, polypropylene, and polyolefin. Although any of the thermoplastic polymer materials mentioned above may be utilized for non-woven textile 100, an advantage to utilizing thermoplastic polyurethane relates to heatbonding and colorability. In comparison with various other thermoplastic polymer materials (e.g., polyolefin), thermoplastic polyurethane is relatively easy to bond with other elements, as discussed in greater detail below, and colorants may be added to thermoplastic polyurethane through various conventional processes.
  • Although each of filaments 103 may be entirely formed from a single thermoplastic polymer material, individual filaments 103 may also be at least partially formed from multiple polymer materials. As an example, an individual filament 103 may have a sheath-core configuration, wherein an exterior sheath of the individual filament 103 is formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, and an interior core of the individual filament 103 is formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material. As a similar example, an individual filament 103 may have a bi-component configuration, wherein one half of the individual filament 103 is formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, and an opposite half of the individual filament 103 is formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material. In some configurations, an individual filament 103 may be formed from both a thermoplastic polymer material and a thermoset polymer material with either of the sheath-core or bi-component arrangements. Although all of filaments 103 may be entirely formed from a single thermoplastic polymer material, filaments 103 may also be formed from multiple polymer materials. As an example, some of filaments 103 may be formed from a first type of thermoplastic polymer material, whereas other filaments 103 may be formed from a second type of thermoplastic polymer material. As a similar example, some of filaments 103 may be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, whereas other filaments 103 may be formed from a thermoset polymer material. Accordingly, each filaments 103, portions of filaments 103, or at least some of filaments 103 may be formed from one or more thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • The thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 (i.e., filaments 103) may be selected to have various stretch properties, and the materials may be considered elastomeric. Depending upon the specific product that non-woven textile 100 will be incorporated into, non-woven textile 100 or filaments 103 may stretch between ten percent to more than eight-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. For many articles of apparel, in which stretch is an advantageous property, non-woven textile 100 or filaments 103 may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. As a related matter, thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 (i.e., filaments 103) may be selected to have various recovery properties. That is, non-woven textile 100 may be formed to return to an original shape after being stretched, or non-woven textile 100 may be formed to remain in an elongated or stretched shape after being stretched. Many products that incorporate non-woven textile 100, such as articles of apparel, may benefit from properties that allow non-woven textile 100 to return or otherwise recover to an original shape after being stretched by one-hundred percent or more.
  • A variety of conventional processes may be utilized to manufacture non-woven textile 100. In general, a manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100 includes (a) extruding or otherwise forming a plurality of filaments 103 from a thermoplastic polymer material, (b) collecting, laying, or otherwise depositing filaments 103 upon a surface, such as a moving conveyor, (c) joining filaments 103, and (d) imparting a desired thickness through compressing or other processes. Because filaments 103 may be relatively soft or partially melted when deposited upon the surface, the polymer materials from filaments 103 that contact each other may become bonded or fused together upon cooling.
  • Following the general manufacturing process discussed above, various post-processing operations may be performed on non-woven textile 100. For example, embossing or calendaring processes may be utilized to ensure that non-woven textile 100 has a substantially constant thickness, impart texture to one or both of surfaces 101 and 102, or further bond or fuse filaments 103 to each other. Coatings may also be applied to non-woven textile 100. Furthermore, hydrojet, hydroentangelment, needlepunching, or stitchbonding processes may also be utilized to modify properties of non-woven textile 100.
  • Non-woven textile 100 may be formed as a spunbonded or meltblown material. Whereas spunbonded non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of 10 to 100 microns, meltblown non-woven textiles are formed from filaments having a cross-sectional thickness of less than 10 microns. Non-woven textile 100 may be either spunbonded, meltblown, or a combination of spunbonded and meltblown. Moreover, non-woven textile 100 may be formed to have spunbonded and meltblown layers, or may also be formed such that filaments 103 are combinations of spunbonded and meltblown.
  • In addition to differences in the thickness of individual filaments 103, the overall thickness of non-woven textile 100 may vary significantly. With reference to the various figures, the thickness of non-woven textile 100 and other elements may be amplified or otherwise increased to show details or other features associated with non-woven textile 100, thereby providing clarity in the figures. For many applications, however, a thickness of non-woven textile 100 may be in a range of 0.5 millimeters to 10.0 millimeters, but may vary considerably beyond this range. For many articles of apparel, for example, a thickness of 1.0 to 3.0 millimeters may be appropriate, although other thicknesses may be utilized. As discussed in greater detail below, regions of non-woven textile 100 may be formed such that the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 is fused to a greater degree than in other regions, and the thickness of non-woven textile 100 in the fused regions may be substantially reduced. Accordingly, the thickness of non-woven textile 100 may vary considerably.
  • II—Fused Regions
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted as including various fused regions 104 in FIG. 3. Fused regions 104 are portions of non-woven textile 100 that have been subjected to heat in order to selectively change the properties of those fused regions 104. Non-woven textile 100, or at least the various filaments 103 forming non-woven textile 100, are discussed above as including a thermoplastic polymer material. When exposed to sufficient heat, the thermoplastic polymer material transitions from a solid state to either a softened state or a liquid state. When sufficiently cooled, the thermoplastic polymer material then transitions back from the softened state or the liquid state to the solid state. Non-woven textile 100 or regions of non-woven textile 100 may, therefore, be exposed to heat in order to soften or melt the various filaments 103. As discussed in greater detail below, exposing various regions (i.e., fused regions 104) of non-woven textile 100 to heat may be utilized to selectively change the properties of those regions. Although discussed in terms of heat alone, pressure may also be utilized either alone or in combination with heat to form fused regions 104, and pressure may be required in some configurations of non-woven textile 100 to form fused regions 104.
  • Fused regions 104 may exhibit various shapes, including a variety of geometrical shapes (e.g., circular, elliptical, triangular, square, rectangular) or a variety of non-defined, irregular, or otherwise non-geometrical shapes. The positions of fused regions 104 may be spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100, located on one or more edges of non-woven textile 100, or located at a corner of non-woven textile 100. The shapes and positions of fused regions 104 may also be selected to extend across portions of non-woven textile 100 or between two edges of non-woven textile 100. Whereas the areas of some fused regions 104 may be relatively small, the areas of other fused regions 104 may be relatively large. As described in greater detail below, two separate elements of non-woven textile 100 may be joined together, some fused regions 104 may extend across a seam that joins the elements, or some fused regions may extend into areas where other components are bonded to non-woven textile 100. Accordingly, the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • When exposed to sufficient heat, and possibly pressure, the thermoplastic polymer material of the various filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 transitions from a solid state to either a softened state or a liquid state. Depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 change state, the various filaments 103 within fused regions 104 may (a) remain in a filamentous configuration, (b) melt entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration, or (c) take an intermediate configuration wherein some filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 remain filamentous and other filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 become non-filamentous. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in fused regions 104 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100, the degree of fusing in fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • Differences between the degree to which filaments 103 may be fused in fused regions 104 are depicted in FIGS. 4A-4C. Referring specifically to FIG. 4A, the various filaments 103 within fused region 104 remain in a filamentous configuration. That is, the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 remains in the configuration of a filament and individual filaments 103 remain identifiable. Referring specifically to FIG. 4B, the various filaments 103 within fused region 104 melted entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration. That is, the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 melted into a non-filamentous state that effectively forms a solid polymer sheet in fused region 104, with none of the individual filaments 103 being identifiable. Referring specifically to FIG. 4C, the various filaments 103 remain in a partially-filamentous configuration. That is, some of the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 remains in the configuration of a filament, and some of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 melted into a non-filamentous state that effectively forms a solid polymer sheet in fused region 104. The configuration of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 in fused regions 104 may, therefore, be filamentous, non-filamentous, or any combination or proportion of filamentous and non-filamentous. Accordingly, the degree of fusing in each of fused regions 104 may vary along a spectrum that extends from filamentous on one end to non-filamentous on an opposite end.
  • A variety of factors relating to the configuration of non-woven textile 100 and the processes by which fused regions 104 are formed determine the degree to which filaments 103 are fused within fused regions 104. As examples, factors that determine the degree of fusing include (a) the particular thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103, (b) the temperature that fused regions 104 are exposed to, (c) the pressure that fused regions 104 are exposed to, and (d) the time at which fused regions 104 are exposed to the elevated temperature and/or pressure. By varying these factors, the degree of fusing that results within fused regions 104 may also be varied along the spectrum that extends from filamentous on one end to non-filamentous on an opposite end.
  • The configuration of fused regions 104 in FIG. 3 is intended to provide an example of the manner in which the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary. The configuration of fused regions 104 may, however, vary significantly. Referring to FIGS. 5A, non-woven textile 100 includes a plurality of fused regions 104 with generally linear and parallel configurations. Similarly, FIG. 5B depicts non-woven textile 100 as including a plurality of fused regions 104 with generally curved and parallel configurations. Fused regions 104 may have a segmented configuration, as depicted in FIG. 5C. Non-woven textile 100 may also have a plurality of fused regions 104 that exhibit the configuration of a repeating pattern of triangular shapes, as in FIG. 5D, the configuration of a repeating pattern of circular shapes, as in FIG. 5E, or a repeating pattern of any other shape or a variety of shapes. In some configurations of non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 5F, one fused region 104 may form a continuous area that defines discrete areas for the remainder of non-woven textile 100. Fused regions 104 may also have a configuration wherein edges or corners contact each other, as in the checkered pattern of FIG. 5G. Additionally, the shapes of the various fused regions 104 may have a non-geometrical or irregular shape, as in FIG. 5H. Accordingly, the shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly.
  • The thickness of non-woven textile 100 may decrease in fused regions 104. Referring to FIGS. 4A-4C, for example, non-woven textile 100 exhibits less thickness in fused region 104 than in other areas. As discussed above, fused regions 104 are areas where filaments 103 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100. Additionally, non-woven textile 100 or the portions of non-woven textile 100 forming fused regions 104 may be compressed while forming fused regions 104. As a result, the thickness of fused regions 104 may be decreased in comparison with other areas of non-woven textile 100. Referring again to FIGS. 4A-4C, surfaces 102 and 103 both exhibit a squared or abrupt transition between fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100. Depending upon the manner in which fused regions 104 are formed, however, surfaces 102 and 103 may exhibit other configurations. As an example, only first surface 101 has a squared transition to fused regions 104 in FIG. 6A. Although the decrease in thickness of fused regions 104 may occur through a squared or abrupt transition, a curved or more gradual transition may also be utilized, as depicted in FIGS. 6B and 6C. In other configurations, an angled transition between fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 may be formed, as in FIG. 6D. Although a decrease in thickness often occurs in fused regions 104, no decrease in thickness or a minimal decrease in thickness is also possible, as depicted in FIG. 6E. Depending upon the materials utilized in non-woven textile 100 and the manner in which fused regions 104 are formed, fused regions 104 may actually swell or otherwise increase in thickness, as depicted in FIG. 6F. In each of FIGS. 6A-6F, fused regions 104 are depicted as having a non-filamentous configuration, but may also have the filamentous configuration or the intermediate configuration discussed above.
  • Based upon the above discussion, non-woven textile 100 is formed from a plurality of filaments 103 that include a thermoplastic polymer material. Although filaments 103 are bonded, fused, interlocked, or otherwise joined throughout non-woven textile 100, fused regions 104 are areas where filaments 103 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100. The shapes, positions, sizes, and other aspects of fused regions 104 may vary significantly. In addition, the degree to which filaments 103 are fused may also vary significantly to be filamentous, non-filamentous, or any combination or proportion of filamentous and non-filamentous.
  • III—Properties of Fused Regions
  • The properties of fused regions 104 may be different than the properties of other regions of non-woven textile 100. Additionally, the properties of one of fused regions 104 may be different than the properties of another of fused regions 104. In manufacturing non-woven textile 100 and forming fused regions 104, specific properties may be applied to the various areas of non-woven textile 100. More particularly, the shapes of fused regions 104, positions of fused regions 104, sizes of fused regions 104, degree to which filaments 103 are fused within fused regions 104, and other aspects of non-woven textile 100 may be varied to impart specific properties to specific areas of non-woven textile 100. Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be engineered, designed, or otherwise structured to have particular properties in different areas.
  • Examples of properties that may be varied through the addition or the configuration of fused regions 104 include permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. By forming one of fused regions 104 in a particular area of non-woven textile 100, the permeability of that area generally decreases, whereas both durability and stretch-resistance generally increases. As discussed in greater detail below, the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other has a significant effect upon the change in permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. Other factors that may affect permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance include the shapes, positions, and sizes of fused regions 104, as well as the specific thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103.
  • Permeability generally relates to ability of air, water, and other fluids (whether gaseous or liquid) to pass through or otherwise permeate non-woven textile 100. Depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other, the permeability may vary significantly. In general, the permeability is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the permeability is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most. As such, the permeability may vary along a spectrum depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other. Areas of non-woven textile 100 that are separate from fused regions 104 (i.e., non-fused areas of non-woven textile 100) generally exhibit a relatively high permeability. Fused regions 104 where a majority of filaments 103 remain in the filamentous configuration also exhibit a relatively high permeability, but the permeability is generally less than in areas separate from fused regions 104. Fused regions 104 where filaments 103 are in both a filamentous and non-filamentous configuration have a lesser permeability. Finally, areas where a majority or all of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 exhibits a non-filamentous configuration may have a relatively small permeability or even no permeability.
  • Durability generally relates to the ability of non-woven textile 100 to remain intact, cohesive, or otherwise undamaged, and may include resistances to wear, abrasion, and degradation from chemicals and light. Depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other, the durability may vary significantly. In general, the durability is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the durability is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most. As such, the durability may vary along a spectrum depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other. Areas of non-woven textile 100 that are separate from fused regions 104 generally exhibit a relatively low durability. Fused regions 104 where a majority of filaments 103 remain in the filamentous configuration also exhibit a relatively low durability, but the durability is generally more than in areas separate from fused regions 104. Fused regions 104 where filaments 103 are in both a filamentous and non-filamentous configuration have a greater durability. Finally, areas where a majority or all of the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 exhibits a non-filamentous configuration may have a relatively high durability. Other factors that may affect the general durability of fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 include the initial thickness and density of non-woven textile 100, the type of polymer material forming filaments 103, and the hardness of the polymer material forming filaments 103.
  • Stretch-resistance generally relates to the ability of non-woven textile 100 to resist stretching when subjected to a textile force. As with permeability and durability, the stretch-resistance of non-woven textile 100 may vary significantly depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 are fused to each other. As with durability, the stretch-resistance is lowest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the least, and the stretch-resistance is highest in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most. As noted above, the thermoplastic polymer material or other materials utilized for non-woven textile 100 (i.e., filaments 103) may be considered elastomeric or may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. Although the stretch-resistance of non-woven textile 100 may be greater in areas of non-woven textile 100 where filaments 103 are fused the most, fused regions 104 may still be elastomeric or may stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure. Other factors that may affect the general stretch properties of fused regions 104 and other areas of non-woven textile 100 include the initial thickness and density of non-woven textile 100, the type of polymer material forming filaments 103, and the hardness of the polymer material forming filaments 103.
  • As discussed in greater detail below, non-woven textile 100 may be incorporated into a variety of products, including various articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, pants, footwear). Taking a shirt as an example, non-woven textile 100 may form a majority of the shirt, including a torso region and two arm regions. Given that moisture may accumulate within the shirt from perspiration, a majority of the shirt may be formed from portions of non-woven textile 100 that do not include fused regions 104 in order to provide a relatively high permeability. Given that elbow areas of the shirt may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as the shirt is worn, some of fused regions 104 may be located in the elbow areas to impart greater durability. Additionally, given that the neck opening may be stretched as the shirt is put on an individual and taken off the individual, one of fused regions 104 may be located around the neck opening to impart greater stretch-resistance. Accordingly, one material (i.e., non-woven textile 100) may be used throughout the shirt, but by fusing different areas to different degrees, the properties may be advantageously-varied in different areas of the shirt.
  • The above discussion focused primarily on the properties of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. A variety of other properties may also be varied through the addition or the configuration of fused regions 104. For example, the overall density of non-woven textile 100 may be increased as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases. The transparency of non-woven textile 100 may also be increased as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases. Depending upon various factors, the darkness of a color of non-woven textile 100 may also increase as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases. Although somewhat discussed above, the overall thickness of non-woven textile 100 may decrease as the degree of fusing of filaments 103 increases. The degree to which non-woven textile 100 recovers after being stretched, the overall flexibility of non-woven textile 100, and resistance to various modes of failure may also vary depending upon the degree of fusing of filaments 100. Accordingly, a variety of properties may be varied by forming fused regions 104.
  • IV—Formation of Fused Regions
  • A variety of processes may be utilized to form fused regions 104. Referring to FIGS. 7A-7C, an example of a method is depicted as involving a first plate 111 and a second plate 112, which may be platens of a press. Initially, non-woven textile 100 and an insulating element 113 are located between plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 7A. Insulating element 113 has apertures 114 or other absent areas that correspond with fused regions 104. That is, insulating element 113 exposes areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104, while covering other areas of non-woven textile 100.
  • Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between non-woven textile 100 and insulating element 113, as depicted in FIG. 7B. In order to form fused regions 104, heat is applied to areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104, but a lesser heat or no heat is applied to other areas of non-woven textile 100 due to the presence of insulating element 113. That is, the temperature of the various areas of non-woven textile 100 corresponding with fused regions 104 is elevated without significantly elevating the temperature of other areas. In this example method, first plate 111 is heated so as to elevate the temperature of non-woven textile 100 through conduction. Some areas of non-woven textile 100 are insulated, however, by the presence of insulating element 113. Only the areas of non-woven textile 100 that are exposed through apertures 114 are, therefore, exposed to the heat so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103. The material utilized for insulating element 113 may vary to include metal plates, paper sheets, polymer layers, foam layers, or a variety of other materials (e.g., with low thermal conductivity) that will limit the heat transferred to non-woven textile 100 from first plate 111. In some processes, insulating element 113 may be an integral portion of or otherwise incorporated into first plate 111.
  • Upon separating plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 7C, non-woven textile 100 and insulating element 113 are separated from each other. Whereas areas of non-woven textile 100 that were exposed by apertures 114 in insulating element 113 form fused regions 104, areas covered or otherwise protected by insulating element 113 remain substantially unaffected. In some methods, insulating element 113 may be structured to allow some of fused regions 104 to experience greater temperatures than other fused regions 104, thereby fusing the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 more in some of fused regions 104 than in the other fused regions 104. That is, the configuration of insulating element 113 may be structured to heat fused regions 104 to different temperatures in order to impart different properties to the various fused regions 104.
  • Various methods may be utilized to apply heat to specific areas of non-woven textile 100 and form fused regions 104. As noted above, first plate 111 may be heated so as to elevate the temperature of non-woven textile 100 through conduction. In some processes, both plates 111 and 112 may be heated, and two insulating elements 113 may be located on opposite sides of non-woven textile 100. Although heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency heating may also be used, in which case insulating element 113 may prevent the passage of specific wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation. In processes where chemical heating is utilized, insulating element 113 may prevent chemicals from contacting areas of non-woven textile 100. In other processes where radiant heat is utilized, insulating element 113 may be a reflective material (i.e., metal foil) that prevents the radiant heat from raising the temperature of various areas of non-woven textile 100. A similar process involving a conducting element may also be utilized. More particularly, the conducting element may be used to conduct heat directly to fused regions 104. Whereas insulating element 113 is absent in areas corresponding with fused regions 104, the conducting element would be present in fused regions 104 to conduct heat to those areas of non-woven textile 100.
  • An example of another process that may be utilized to form fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 8A-8C. Initially, non-woven textile 100 is placed adjacent to or upon second plate 112 or another surface, as depicted in FIG. 8A. A heated die 115 having the shape of one of fused regions 104 then contacts and compresses non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 8B, to heat a defined area of non-woven textile 100. Upon removal of die 115, one of fused regions 104 is exposed. Additional dies having the general shapes of other fused regions 104 may be utilized to form the remaining fused regions 104 in a similar manner. An advantage to this process is that die 115 and each of the other dies may be heated to different temperatures, held in contact with non-woven textile 100 for different periods of time, and compressed against non-woven textile 100 with different forces, thereby varying the resulting properties of the various fused regions 104.
  • An example of yet another process that may be utilized to form fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIG. 9. In this process, non-woven textile 100 is placed upon second plate 112 or another surface, and a laser apparatus 116 is utilized to heat specific areas of non-woven textile 100, thereby fusing the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 and forming fused regions 104. By adjusting any or all of the power, focus, or velocity of laser apparatus 116, the degree to which fused regions 104 are heated may be adjusted or otherwise varied. Moreover, different fused regions 104 may be heated to different temperatures to modify the degree to which filaments 103 are fused, thereby varying the resulting properties of the various fused regions 104. An example of a suitable laser apparatus 116 is any of a variety of conventional CO2 or Nd:YAG laser apparatuses.
  • V—Composite Elements
  • Non-woven textile 100 may be joined with various textiles, materials, or other components to form composite elements. By joining non-woven textile 100 with other components, properties of both non-woven textile 100 and the other components are combined in the composite elements. An example of a composite element is depicted in FIGS. 10 and 11, in which a component 120 is joined to non-woven textile 100 at second surface 102. Although component 120 is depicted as having dimensions that are similar to dimensions of non-woven textile 100, component 120 may have a lesser or greater length, a lesser or greater width, or a lesser or greater thickness. If, for example, component 120 is a textile that absorbs water or wicks water away, then the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel utilized during athletic activities where an individual wearing the apparel is likely to perspire. As another example, if component 120 is a compressible material, such as a polymer foam, then the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel where cushioning (i.e., attenuation of impact forces) is advantageous, such as padding for athletic activities that may involve contact or impact with other athletes or equipment. As a further example, if component 120 is a plate or sheet, then the combination of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be suitable for articles of apparel that impart protection from acute impacts. Accordingly, a variety of textiles, materials, or other components maybe joined with a surface of non-woven textile 100 to form composite elements with additional properties.
  • The thermoplastic polymer material in filaments 103 may be utilized to secure non-woven textile 100 to component 120 or other components. As discussed above, a thermoplastic polymer material melts when heated and returns to a solid state when cooled sufficiently. Based upon this property of thermoplastic polymer materials, heatbonding processes may be utilized to form a heatbond that joins portions of composite elements, such as non-woven textile 100 and component 120. As utilized herein, the term “heatbonding” or variants thereof is defined as a securing technique between two elements that involves a softening or melting of a thermoplastic polymer material within at least one of the elements such that the materials of the elements are secured to each other when cooled. Similarly, the term “heatbond” or variants thereof is defined as the bond, link, or structure that joins two elements through a process that involves a softening or melting of a thermoplastic polymer material within at least one of the elements such that the materials of the elements are secured to each other when cooled. As examples, heatbonding may involve (a) the melting or softening of two elements incorporating thermoplastic polymer materials such that the thermoplastic polymer materials intermingle with each other (e.g., diffuse across a boundary layer between the thermoplastic polymer materials) and are secured together when cooled; (b) the melting or softening of a first textile element incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material such that the thermoplastic polymer material extends into or infiltrates the structure of a second textile element (e.g., extends around or bonds with filaments or fibers in the second textile element) to secure the textile elements together when cooled; and (c) the melting or softening of a textile element incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material such that the thermoplastic polymer material extends into or infiltrates crevices or cavities formed in another element (e.g., polymer foam or sheet, plate, structural device) to secure the elements together when cooled. Heatbonding may occur when only one element includes a thermoplastic polymer material or when both elements include thermoplastic polymer materials. Additionally, heatbonding does not generally involve the use of stitching or adhesives, but involves directly bonding elements to each other with heat. In some situations, however, stitching or adhesives may be utilized to supplement the heatbond or the joining of elements through heatbonding. A needlepunching process may also be utilized to join the elements or supplement the heatbond.
  • Although a heatbonding process may be utilized to form a heatbond that joins non-woven textile 100 and component 120, the configuration of the heatbond at least partially depends upon the materials and structure of component 120. As a first example, if component 120 is at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, then the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and component 120 together when cooled. If, however, the thermoplastic polymer material of component 120 has a melting point that is significantly higher than the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100, then the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into the structure, crevices, or cavities of component 120 to secure the elements together when cooled. As a second example, component 120 may be formed from a textile that does not include a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend around or bond with filaments in component 120 to secure the textile elements together when cooled. As a third example, component 120 may be a polymer foam material, polymer sheet, or plate that includes a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and component 120 together when cooled. As a fourth example, component 120 may be a polymer foam material, polymer sheet, or plate that does not include a thermoplastic polymer material, and the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within component 120 to secure the elements together when cooled. Referring to FIG. 11, a plurality of heatbond elements 105 (e.g., the thermoplastic polymer material from one or both of non-woven textile 100 and component 120) are depicted as extending between non-woven textile 100 and component 120 to join the elements together. Accordingly, a heatbond may be utilized to join non-woven textile 100 and component 120 even when component 120 is formed from a diverse range of materials or has one of a variety of structures.
  • A general manufacturing process for forming a composite element will now be discussed with reference to FIGS. 12A-12C. Initially, non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are located between first plate 111 and second plate 112, as depicted in FIG. 12A. Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between non-woven textile 100 and component 120, as depicted in FIG. 12B. In order to form the heatbond and join non-woven textile 100 and component 120, heat is applied to non-woven textile 100 and component 120. That is, the temperatures of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are elevated to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between non-woven textile 100 and component 120. Depending upon the materials of both non-woven textile 100 and component 120, as well as the overall configuration of component 120, only first plate 111 may be heated, only second plate 112 may be heated, or both plates 111 and 112 may be heated so as to elevate the temperatures of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 through conduction. Upon separating plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 12C, the composite element formed from both non-woven textile 100 and component 120 may be removed and permitted to cool.
  • The manufacturing process discussed relative to FIGS. 12A-12C generally involves (a) forming non-woven textile 100 and component 120 separately and (b) subsequently joining non-woven textile 100 and component 120 to form the composite element. Referring to FIG. 13, a process wherein filaments 103 are deposited directly onto component 120 during the manufacture of non-woven textile 100 is depicted. Initially, component 120 is placed upon plate 112, which may also be a moving conveyor. An extrusion nozzle 121 then extrudes or otherwise forms a plurality of filaments 103 from a thermoplastic polymer material. As filaments 103 fall upon component 120, filaments 103 collect, lie, or otherwise deposit upon a surface of component 120, thereby forming non-woven textile 100. Once cooled, non-woven textile 100 is effectively joined to component 120, thereby forming the composite element. Accordingly, filaments 103 may be deposited directly upon component 120 during the manufacture of non-woven textile 100. As a similar manufacturing process, material (e.g., foam, molten polymer, a coating) may be sprayed, deposited, or otherwise applied to a surface of non-woven textile 100 to form the composite element. Moreover, a composite element that includes two or more layers of non-woven textile 100 may be formed by repeatedly depositing layers of filaments 103. When each of the layers of filaments 103 have different properties or are formed from different polymer materials, the resulting composite element may have the combined properties of the various layers.
  • Although the general processes discussed above may be utilized to form a composite element from non-woven textile 100 and component 120, other methods may also be utilized. Rather than heating non-woven textile 100 and component 120 through conduction, other methods that include radio frequency heating or chemical heating may be utilized. In some processes, second surface 102 and a surface of component 120 may be heated through radiant heating prior to being compressed between plates 111 and 112. An advantage of utilizing radiant heating to elevate the temperature of only the surfaces forming the heatbond is that the thermoplastic polymer material within other portions of non-woven textile 100 and component 120 are not heated significantly. In some processes, stitching or adhesives may also be utilized between non-woven textile 100 and component 120 to supplement the heatbond.
  • Non-woven textile 100 is depicted in FIGS. 10-12C as having a configuration that does not include fused regions 104. In order to impart varying properties to a composite element, fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100. In some processes fused regions 104 may be formed prior to joining non-woven textile 100 with another component (e.g., component 120). In other processes, however, fused regions 104 may be formed during the heatbonding process or following the heatbonding process. Accordingly, fused regions 104 may be formed at any stage of the various manufacturing process for composite elements.
  • VI—Composite Element Configurations
  • Concepts relating to the general structure of composite elements and processes for forming the composite elements were presented above. As more specific examples, the following discussion discloses various composite element configurations, wherein non-woven textile 100 is joined with each of a mechanically-manipulated textile 130, a sheet 140, a foam layer 150, and a plurality of strands 160.
  • An example of a composite element that includes non-woven textile 100 and mechanically-manipulated textile 130 is depicted in FIGS. 14 and 15. Whereas non-woven textile 100 is formed from randomly-distributed filaments 103, textile 130 is formed by mechanically-manipulating one or more yarns 131 to form a woven or interlooped structure. When manufactured with an interlooped structure, textile 130 may be formed through a variety of knitting processes, including flat knitting, wide tube circular knitting, narrow tube circular knit jacquard, single knit circular knit jacquard, double knit circular knit jacquard, warp knit jacquard, and double needle bar raschel knitting, for example. Accordingly, textile 130 may have a variety of configurations, and various weft-knitting and warp-knitting techniques may be utilized to manufacture textile 130. Although yarns 131 of textile 130 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, many mechanically-manipulated textiles are formed from natural filaments (e.g., cotton, silk) or thermoset polymer materials. In order to form a heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and textile 130, the thermoplastic polymer material from non-woven textile 100 extends around or bonds with yarns 131 or extends into the structure of yarns 131 to secure non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 together when cooled. More particularly, various heatbond elements 105 are depicted in FIG. 15 as extending around or into yarns 131 to form the heatbond. A process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and textile 130. That is, the heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may be formed, for example, by compressing and heating the elements between plates 111 and 112.
  • The combination of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may impart some advantages over either of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 alone. For example, textile 130 may exhibit one-directional stretch, wherein the configuration of yarns 131 allows textile 130 to stretch in one direction, but limits stretch in a perpendicular direction. When non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 are joined, the composite element may also exhibit a corresponding one-directional stretch. As another example, the composite element may also be incorporated into various articles of apparel, with textile 130 being positioned to contact the skin of an individual wearing the apparel, and the materials selected for textile 130 and the structure of textile 130 may impart more comfort than non-woven textile 100 alone. In addition to these advantages, various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to specific areas of the composite element. Accordingly, the composite element may have a configuration that imparts a combination of properties that neither non-woven textile 100 nor textile 130 may impart alone.
  • Another example of a composite element, which includes non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140, is depicted in FIGS. 16 and 17. Sheet 140 may be formed from a sheet or plate of a polymer, suede, synthetic suede, metal, or wood material, for example, and may be either flexible or inflexible. In order to form a heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140, the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within sheet 140 to secure the elements together when cooled. In circumstances where sheet 140 is formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, then the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may intermingle with each other (e.g., diffuse across a boundary layer between the thermoplastic polymer materials) to secure non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 together when cooled. A process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140. As an alternative, stitching or adhesives may be utilized, as well as a needle punching process to push filaments 103 into or through sheet 140 to join non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 or to supplement the heatbond.
  • The combination of non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may be suitable for articles of apparel that impart protection from acute impacts, for example. A lack of stitching, rivets, or other elements joining non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 forms a relatively smooth interface. When incorporated into an article of apparel, the lack of discontinuities in the area joining non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may impart comfort to the individual wearing the apparel. As another example, edges of sheet 140 are depicted as being spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100. When incorporating the composite element into a product, such as apparel, the edges of non-woven textile 100 may be utilized to join the composite element to other textile elements or portions of the apparel. In addition to these advantages, various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to areas of the composite element.
  • Although sheet 140 is depicted as having a solid or otherwise continuous configuration, sheet 140 may also be absent in various areas of the composite element. Referring to FIG. 18A, sheet 140 has the configuration of various strips of material, that extend across non-woven textile 100. A similar configuration is depicted in FIG. 18B, wherein sheet 140 has the configuration of a grid. In addition to imparting strength and tear-resistance to the composite element, the strip and grid configurations of sheet 140 expose portions of non-woven textile 100, thereby allowing permeability in the exposed areas. In each of FIGS. 16-18B, sheet 140 is depicted as having a thickness that is comparable to the thickness of non-woven textile 100. In FIG. 18C, however, sheet 140 is depicted as having a thickness that is substantially less than the thickness of non-woven textile 100. Even with a reduced thickness, sheet 140 may impart strength and tear-resistance, while allowing permeability.
  • A further example of a composite element that includes two layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 is depicted in FIGS. 19 and 20. Foam layer 150 may be formed from a foamed polymer material that is either thermoset or thermoplastic. In configurations where foam layer 150 is formed from a thermoset polymer material, the thermoplastic polymer material from the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities on opposite sides of foam layer 150 to form heatbonds and secure the elements together. In configurations where foam layer 150 is formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, the thermoplastic polymer materials of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may intermingle with each other to form heatbonds and secure the elements together.
  • A process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the heatbonds between the two layer of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150. More particularly, foam layer 150 may be placed between the two layers of non-woven textile 100, and these three elements may be located between plates 111 and 112. Upon compressing and heating, heatbonds may form between the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and the opposite sides of foam layer 150. Additionally, the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to each other around the perimeter of foam layer 150. That is, heatbonds may also be utilized to join the two layers of non-woven textile 100 to each other. In addition to foam layer 150, other intermediate elements (e.g., textile 130 or sheet 140) may be bonded between the two layers of non-woven textile 100. A needle punching process may also be utilized to push filaments 103 into or through foam layer 150 to join non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 or to supplement the heatbond, as well as stitching or adhesives.
  • The combination of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may be suitable for articles of apparel where cushioning (i.e., attenuation of impact forces) is advantageous, such as padding for athletic activities that may involve contact or impact with other athletes or equipment. The lack of discontinuities in the area joining the layers of non-woven textile 100 and foam layer 150 may impart comfort to the individual wearing the apparel. The edges of the two layers of non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized to join the composite element to other textile elements or portions of the apparel. In addition to these advantages, various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to impart different degrees of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance to the composite element.
  • An example of a composite element that includes non-woven textile 100 and a plurality of strands 160 is depicted in FIGS. 21 and 22. Strands 160 are secured to non-woven textile 100 and extend in a direction that is substantially parallel to either of surfaces 101 and 102. Referring to the cross-section of FIG. 22, the positions of strands 160 relative to surfaces 101 and 102 may vary significantly. More particularly, strands 160 may be located upon first surface 101, strands 160 may be partially embedded within first surface 101, strands 160 may be recessed under and adjacent to first surface 101, strands 160 may be spaced inward from first surface 101 and located between surfaces 101 and 102, or strands 160 may be adjacent to second surface 102. A heatbonding process may be utilized to secure strands 160 to non-woven textile 100. That is, thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may be softened or melted to form a heatbond that joins strands 160 to non-woven textile 100. Depending upon the degree to which the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 is softened or melted, strands 160 may be positioned upon first surface 101 or located inward from first surface 101.
  • Strands 160 may be formed from any generally one-dimensional material exhibiting a length that is substantially greater than a width and a thickness. Depending upon the material utilized and the desired properties, strands 160 may be individual filaments, yarns that include a plurality of filaments, or threads that include a plurality of yarns. As discussed in greater detail below, suitable materials for strands 160 include rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylic, silk, cotton, carbon, glass, aramids (e.g., para-aramid fibers and meta-aramid fibers), ultra high molecular weight polyethylene, and liquid crystal polymer, for example. In some configurations, strands 160 may also be metal wires or cables.
  • In comparison with the thermoplastic polymer material forming non-woven textile 100, many of the materials noted above for strands 160 exhibit greater tensile strength and stretch-resistance. That is, strands 160 may be stronger than non-woven textile 100 and may exhibit less stretch than non-woven textile 100 when subjected to a tensile force. The combination of non-woven textile 100 and strands 160 imparts a structure wherein the composite element may stretch in one direction and is substantially stretch-resistant and has more strength in another direction. Referring to FIG. 21, two perpendicular directions are identified with arrows 161 and 162. When the composite element is subjected to a tensile force (i.e., stretched) in the direction of arrow 161, non-woven textile 100 may stretch significantly. When the composite element is subjected to a tensile force (i.e., stretched) in the direction of arrow 162, however, strands 160 resist the force and are more stretch-resistant than non-woven textile 100. Accordingly, strands 160 may be oriented to impart strength and stretch-resistance to the composite element in particular directions. Although strands 160 are discussed herein as imparting stretch-resistance, strands 160 may be formed from materials that stretch significantly. Strands 160 may also be utilized to impart other properties to the composite element. For example, strands 160 may be electrically-conductive to allow the transmission of power or data, or strands 160 may be located within non-woven textile 100 to impart a particular aesthetic.
  • Strands 160 are depicted as being substantially parallel to each other in FIG. 21, and ends of strands 160 are depicted as being spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100. In other composite element configurations, strands 160 may be arranged in other orientations and may extend entirely or only partially across non-woven textile 100. Referring to FIG. 23A, strands 160 are depicted as crossing each other. Given the angle that strands 160 are oriented relative to each other, strands 160 may only partially limit the stretch in the direction of arrow 161, but the composite element may be substantially stretch-resistant in the direction of arrow 162. A similar configuration is depicted in FIG. 23B, wherein strands 160 cross each other at right angles. In this configuration, strands 160 may impart stretch-resistance in the directions of both arrows 161 and 162. That is, the composite element may be stretch-resistant in all directions due to the orientation of strands 160. As another matter, whereas ends of strands 160 are spaced inward from edges of non-woven textile 100 in FIG. 23A, the ends of strands 160 extend to the edges of non-woven textile 100 in FIG. 23B. Strands 160 are depicted as having a wave-like or non-linear configuration in FIG. 23C. In this configuration, strands 160 may permit some stretch in the direction of arrow 162. Once strands 160 straighten due to the stretch, however, then strands 160 may substantially resist stretch and provide strength in the direction of arrow 162. Another configuration is depicted in FIG. 23D, wherein strands 160 are arranged in a non-parallel configuration to radiate outward.
  • In some configurations of the composite element, fused regions 104 may be added to further affect the properties of the composite element. Referring to FIG. 23E, a single fused region 104 extends across non-woven textile 100 in the direction of arrow 161. Given that fused regions 104 may exhibit more stretch-resistance than other areas of non-woven textile 100, the fused region in FIG. 23E may impart some stretch-resistance in the direction of arrow 161, and strands 160 may impart stretch-resistance to the direction of arrow 162. In some configurations, fused regions may extend along strands 160 and in the direction of arrow 162, as depicted in FIG. 23F. Accordingly, fused regions 104 may be utilized with strands 160 to impart specific properties to a composite element.
  • The material properties of strands 160 relate to the specific materials that are utilized within strands 160. Examples of material properties that may be relevant in selecting specific materials for strands 160 include tensile strength, tensile modulus, density, flexibility, tenacity, and durability. Each of the materials noted above as being suitable for strands 160 exhibit different combinations of material properties. Accordingly, the material properties for each of these materials may be compared in selecting particular materials for strands 160. Tensile strength is a measure of resistance to breaking when subjected to tensile (i.e., stretching) forces. That is, a material with a high tensile strength is less likely to break when subjected to tensile forces than a material with a low tensile strength. Tensile modulus is a measure of resistance to stretching when subjected to tensile forces. That is, a material with a high tensile modulus is less likely to stretch when subjected to tensile forces than a material with a low tensile modulus. Density is a measure of mass per unit volume. That is, a particular volume of a material with a high density has more weight than the same volume of a material with a low density.
  • Nylon has a relatively low tensile strength, a relatively low tensile modulus, and an average density when compared to each of the other materials. Steel has an average tensile strength, a moderately high tensile modulus, and a relatively high density when compared to the other materials. While nylon is less dense than steel (i.e., lighter than steel), nylon has a lesser strength and a greater propensity to stretch than steel. Conversely, while steel is stronger and exhibits less stretch, steel is significantly more dense (i.e., heavier than nylon). Each of the engineering fibers (e.g., carbon fibers, aramid fibers, ultra high molecular weight polyethylene, and liquid crystal polymer) exhibit tensile strengths and tensile moduli that are comparable to steel. In addition, the engineering fibers exhibit densities that are comparable to nylon. That is, the engineering fibers have relatively high tensile strengths and tensile moduli, but also have relatively low densities. In general, each of the engineering fibers have a tensile strength greater than 0.60 gigapascals, a tensile modulus greater than 50 gigapascals, and a density less than 2.0 grams per centimeter cubed.
  • In addition to material properties, the structural properties of various configurations of strands 160 may be considered when selecting a particular configuration for a composite element. The structural properties of strands 160 relate to the specific structure that is utilized to form strands 160. Examples of structural properties that may be relevant in selecting specific configurations for strands 160 include denier, number of plies, breaking force, twist, and number of individual filaments, for example.
  • Based upon the above discussion, non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded or otherwise joined (e.g., through stitching or adhesive bonding) to a variety of other components to form composite elements. An advantage of joining non-woven textile 100 to the other components is that the composite elements generally include combined properties from both non-woven textile 100 and the other components. As examples, composite elements may be formed by joining non-woven textile 100 to any of textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, and strands 160.
  • VII—Seam Formation
  • In order to incorporate non-woven textile 100 into a product, non-woven textile 100 is often joined with other elements of the product to form a seam. For example, non-woven textile 100 may be joined with other non-woven textile elements, various mechanically-manipulated textile elements, or polymer sheets. Although stitching and adhesive bonding may be utilized to join non-woven textile 100 to the other elements of the product, the seam may also be formed through a heatbonding process.
  • As an example of the manner in which non-woven textile 100 may be joined to another element, FIGS. 24 and 25 depict a pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 that are joined to form a seam 106. That is, an edge area of one non-woven textile 100 is joined with an edge area of the other non-woven textile 100 at seam 106. More particularly, seam 106 is formed by heatbonding first surface 101 of one non-woven textile 100 with first surface 101 of the other non-woven textile 100. As with some conventional stitched seams, first surfaces 101 from each non-woven textile 100 are turned inward at seam 106 to face each other, and first surfaces 101 are joined to each other. In contrast with some conventional stitched seams, a heatbond is utilized to join first surfaces 101 from each non-woven textile 100 to each other. In some configurations, however, stitching or adhesive bonding may also be utilized to reinforce seam 106.
  • A general manufacturing process for forming seam 106 will now be discussed with reference to FIGS. 26A-26D. Initially, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are located between a first seam-forming die 117 and a second seam-forming die 118, as depicted in FIG. 26A. Seam-forming dies 117 and 118 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 26B. In order to form the heatbond and join the edge areas of the elements of non-woven textile 100, seam-forming dies 117 and 118 apply heat to the edge areas. That is, seam-forming dies 117 and 118 elevate the temperatures of the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between the edge areas. Upon separating seam-forming dies 117 and 118, as depicted in FIG. 26C, seam 106 is formed between the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100. After being permitted to cool, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 may be unfolded, as depicted in FIG. 26D. After forming, seam 106 may also be trimmed to limit the degree to which the end areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 extend downward at seam 106.
  • Although the general process discussed above may be utilized to form seam 106, other methods may also be utilized. Rather than heating the edge areas of elements of non-woven textile 100 through conduction, other methods that include radio frequency heating, chemical heating, or radiant heating may be utilized. In some processes, stitching or adhesives may also be utilized between the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to supplement the heatbond. As an alternate method, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 may be placed upon a surface, such as second plate 112, and a heated roller 119 may form seam 106, as depicted in FIG. 27.
  • As with the formation of fused regions 104, the formation of seam 106 involves softening or melting the thermoplastic polymer material in various filaments 103 that are located in the area of seam 106. Depending upon the degree to which filaments 103 change state, the various filaments 103 in the area of seam 106 may (a) remain in a filamentous configuration, (b) melt entirely into a liquid that cools into a non-filamentous configuration, or (c) take an intermediate configuration wherein some filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 remain filamentous and other filaments 103 or portions of individual filaments 103 become non-filamentous. Referring to FIG. 25, filaments 103 are depicted as remaining in the filamentous configuration in the area of seam 106, but may be melted into a non-filamentous configuration or may take the intermediate configuration. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in the area of seam 106 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100, the degree of fusing may vary significantly.
  • In forming seam 106 between the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100, the thermoplastic polymer materials from the various filaments 103 intermingle with each other and are secured together when cooled. Non-woven textile 100 may also be joined with other types of elements to form a similar seam 106. As a first example, non-woven textile 100 is depicted as being joined with mechanically-manipulated textile 130 at seam 106 in FIG. 28A. Although yarns 131 of textile 130 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, many mechanically-manipulated textiles are formed from natural filaments (e.g., cotton, silk) or thermoset polymer materials. In order to form a heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 at seam 106, the thermoplastic polymer material from non-woven textile 100 extends around or bonds with yarns 131 or extends into the structure of yarns 131 to secure the non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 together at seam 106 when cooled. As a second example, non-woven textile 100 is depicted as being joined with sheet 140 at seam 106 in FIG. 28B. In some configurations, sheet 140 may be a flexible polymer sheet. In order to form a heatbond between non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 at seam 106, the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 may extend into or infiltrate crevices or cavities within sheet 140 to secure the elements together when cooled. In circumstances where sheet 140 is formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, then the thermoplastic polymer materials of non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 may intermingle with each other to secure non-woven textile 100 and sheet 140 together at seam 106 when cooled.
  • The thicknesses of elements of non-woven textile 100 are depicted as being substantially uniform, even in the areas of seam 106. Depending upon the temperature and pressure used to form seam 106, the configuration of seam 106 may vary to include a variety of other configurations. Referring to FIG. 29A, elements of non-woven textile 100 exhibit reduced thicknesses in the areas of seam 106, and the thermoplastic polymer material of filaments 103 is depicted as being in a non-filamentous configuration. Seam 106 may also exhibit a pointed configuration, as depicted in FIG. 29B. The temperature and pressure used to form seam 106 may also impart a stepped structure, as depicted in FIG. 29C. Accordingly, the configuration of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 at seam 106 may vary significantly. Moreover, similar configurations for seam 106 may result when non-woven textile 100 is joined with other elements, such as textile 130 or sheet 140.
  • As another example of the manner in which non-woven textile 100 may be joined to another element, FIGS. 30 and 31 depict a pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 that are joined to form a seam 107. In this configuration, an edge area of one non-woven textile 100 overlaps and is joined with an edge of the other non-woven textile 100 at seam 107. Although a heatbond is utilized to join the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to each other, stitching or adhesive bonding may also be utilized to reinforce seam 107. Moreover, a single non-woven textile 100 may also be joined with other types of elements, including textile 130 and sheet 140, to form a similar seam 107.
  • A general manufacturing process for forming seam 107 will now be discussed with reference to FIGS. 32A-32C. Initially, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are positioned in an overlapping configuration between first seam-forming die 117 and second seam-forming die 118, as depicted in FIG. 32A. Seam-forming dies 117 and 118 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to compress or induce contact between edge areas of the pair of non-woven textile elements 100, as depicted in FIG. 32B. In order to form the heatbond and join the edge areas of the elements of non-woven textile 100, seam-forming dies 117 and 118 apply heat to the edge areas. That is, seam-forming dies 117 and 118 elevate the temperatures of the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to cause softening or melting of the thermoplastic polymer material at the interface between the edge areas. Upon separating seam-forming dies 117 and 118, as depicted in FIG. 32C, seam 107 is formed between the edge areas of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100.
  • Although the general process discussed above may be utilized to form seam 107, other methods may also be utilized. Rather than heating the edge areas of elements of non-woven textile 100 through conduction, other methods that include radio frequency heating, chemical heating, or radiant heating may be utilized. In some processes, stitching or adhesives may also be utilized between the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 to supplement the heatbond. As an alternate method, the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 may be placed upon a surface, such as second plate 112, and heated roller 119 may form seam 107, as depicted in FIG. 33. Referring to FIG. 31, filaments 103 are depicted as remaining in the filamentous configuration in the area of seam 107, but may be melted into a non-filamentous configuration or may take the intermediate configuration. Accordingly, although filaments 103 in the area of seam 107 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of non-woven textile 100, the degree of fusing may vary significantly.
  • First surfaces 101 of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are depicted as being co-planar or flush with each other in FIGS. 30 and 31. Similarly, second surfaces 102 of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 are also depicted as being coplanar or flush with each other. Depending upon the temperature and pressure used to form seam 107, the configuration of seam 107 may vary to include a variety of other configurations. Referring to FIG. 34A, surfaces 101 and 102 bow inward at seam 107, and the thermoplastic polymer material is depicted as having a non-filamentous configuration. Surfaces 101 and 102 angle inward more-abruptly in FIG. 34B, which may be caused from pressure exerted by seam-forming dies 117 and 118. As another configuration, FIG. 34C depicts the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 as being joined at 107 in a non-coplanar configuration. Accordingly, the configuration of the pair of elements of non-woven textile 100 at seam 107 may vary significantly. Moreover, similar configurations for seam 107 may result when non-woven textile 100 is joined with other elements, such as textile 130 or sheet 140.
  • VIII—General Product Configurations
  • Non-woven textile 100, multiple elements of non-woven textile 100, or various composite element configurations may be utilized in articles of apparel (e.g., shirts, jackets and other outerwear, pants, footwear), containers, and upholstery for furniture. Various configurations of non-woven textile 100 may also be utilized in bed coverings, table coverings, towels, flags, tents, sails, and parachutes, as well as industrial purposes that include automotive and aerospace applications, filter materials, medical textiles, geotextiles, agrotextiles, and industrial apparel. Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in a variety of products for both personal and industrial purposes.
  • Although non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in a variety of products, the following discussion provides examples of articles of apparel that incorporate non-woven textile 100. That is, the following discussion demonstrates various ways in which non-woven textile 100 may be incorporated into a shirt 200, a pair of pants 300, and an article of footwear 400. Moreover, examples of various configurations of shirt 200, pants 300, and footwear 400 are provided in order to demonstrate various concepts associated with utilizing non-woven textile 100 in products. Accordingly, while the concepts outlined below are specifically applied to various articles of apparel, the concepts may be applied to a variety of other products.
  • IX—Shirt Configurations
  • Various configurations of shirt 200 are depicted in FIGS. 35A-35H as including a torso region 201 and a pair of arm regions 202 that extend outward from torso region 201. Torso region 201 corresponds with a torso of a wearer and covers at least a portion of the torso when worn. An upper area of torso region 201 defines a neck opening 203 through which the neck and head of the wearer protrude when shirt 200 is worn. Similarly, a lower area of torso region 201 defines a waist opening 204 through which the waist or pelvic area of the wearer protrudes when shirt 200 is worn. Arm regions 202 respectively correspond with a right arm and a left arm of the wearer and cover at least a portion of the right arm and the left arm when shirt 200 is worn. Each of arm regions 202 define an arm opening 205 through which the hands, wrists, or arms of the wearer protrude when shirt 200 is worn. Shirt 200 has the configuration of a shirt-type garment, particularly a long-sleeved shirt. In general, shirt-type garments cover a portion of a torso of the wearer and may extend over arms of the wearer. In further examples, apparel having the general structure of shirt 200 may have the configuration of other shirt-type garments, including short-sleeved shirts, tank tops, undershirts, jackets, or coats.
  • A first configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35A and 36A. A majority of shirt 200 is formed from non-woven textile 100. More particularly, torso region 201 and each of arm regions 202 are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100. Although shirt 200 may be formed from a single element of non-woven textile 100, shirt 200 is generally formed from multiple joined elements of non-woven textile 100. As depicted, for example, at least a front area of torso region 201 is formed one element of non-woven textile 100, and each of arm regions 202 are formed from different elements of non-woven textile 100. A pair of seams 206 extends between torso region 201 and arm regions 202 in order to join the various elements of non-woven textile 100 together. In general, seams 206 define regions where edge areas of the elements of non-woven textile 100 are heatbonded with each other. Referring to FIG. 36A, one of seams 206 is depicted as having the general configuration of seam 106, but may also have the configuration of seam 107 or another type of seam. Stitching and adhesive bonding may also be utilized to form or supplement seams 206.
  • A second configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35B and 36B. As with the configuration of FIG. 35A, a majority of shirt 200 is formed from non-woven textile 100. In order to impart different properties to specific areas of shirt 200, various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100. More particularly, fused regions 104 are formed around neck opening 203, waist opening 204, and each of arm openings 205. Given that each of openings 203-205 may be stretched as shirt 200 is put on an individual and taken off the individual, fused regions 104 are located around openings 203-205 in order to impart greater stretch-resistance to these areas. Filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of shirt 200 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of shirt 200 and may exhibit a non-filamentous configuration, as depicted in FIG. 36B. Filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of shirt 200 may also exhibit a filamentous configuration or the intermediate configuration. In addition to providing greater stretch-resistance, fused regions 104 impart enhanced durability to the areas around openings 203-205.
  • A third configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35C and 36C as including further fused regions 104. Given that elbow areas of shirt 200 may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as shirt 200 is worn, some of fused regions 104 may be located in the elbow areas to impart greater durability. Also, backpack straps that extend over shoulder areas of shirt 200 may abrade and stretch the shoulder areas. Additional fused regions 200 are, therefore, located in the shoulder areas of shirt 200 to impart both durability and stretch-resistance. The areas of non-woven textile 100 that are located in the shoulder areas and around seams 206 effectively form both seams 206 and the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas, as depicted in FIG. 36C. Two separate processes may be utilized to form these areas. That is, a first heatbonding process may form seams 206, and a second heating process may form the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas. As an alternative, however, seams 206 and the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas may be formed through a single heatbonding/heating process.
  • Although the size of fused regions 104 in shirt 200 may vary significantly, some of fused regions 104 generally have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter. As noted above, various embossing or calendaring processes may be utilized during the manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100. Some embossing or calendaring processes may form a plurality of relatively small areas (i.e., one to ten square millimeters) where filaments 103 are somewhat fused to each other. In contrast with the areas formed by embossing or calendaring, some of fused regions 104 have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter. As utilized herein, “continuous area” or variants thereof is defined as a relatively unbroken or uninterrupted region. As examples, and with reference to FIG. 35C, the fused region 104 around neck opening 203 individually forms a continuous area, each of the fused regions 104 in the elbow areas of shirt 200 individually form a continuous area, and each of the fused regions 104 in the shoulder areas of shirt 200 individually form a continuous area. All of fused regions 104 (i.e., around neck openings 203-205 and in the shoulder and elbow areas) are not collectively one continuous area because portions of non-woven textile 100 without significant fusing extend between these fused regions 104.
  • A fourth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35D and 36D. Referring to FIGS. 35B and 36B, fused regions 104 are utilized to provide stretch-resistance to the areas around openings 203-205. Another structure that may be utilized to provide stretch-resistance, as well as a different aesthetic, involves folding non-woven textile 100 and heatbonding or otherwise securing non-woven textile 100 to itself at various bond areas 207, as generally depicted in FIG. 36D. Although this structure may be utilized for any of openings 203-205, bond areas 207 where textile 100 is heatbonded to itself are depicted as extending around waist opening 204 and arm openings 205.
  • A fifth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35E and 36E. Whereas the configurations of shirt 200 depicted in FIGS. 35A-35D are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100, arm regions 202 in this configuration of shirt 200 are formed from textile 130, which is a mechanically-manipulated textile. As discussed above, seams having the configuration of seams 106 and 107 may join non-woven textile 100 with a variety of other materials, including textile 130. Seams 206 join, therefore, non-woven textile from torso region 201 with elements of textile 130 from arm regions 202. Utilizing various types of textile materials within shirt 200 may, for example, enhance the comfort, durability, or aesthetic qualities of shirt 200. Although arm regions 202 are depicted as being formed from textile 130, other areas may additionally or alternatively be formed form textile 130 or other materials. For example, a lower portion of torso region 201 may be formed from textile 130, only an area around neck opening 203 may be formed from textile 130, or the configuration of FIG. 35E may be reversed such that torso region 201 is formed from textile 130 and each of arm regions 202 are formed from non-woven textile 100. Although textile 130 is utilized as an example, elements formed from the materials of sheet 140 or foam layer 150 may also be incorporated into shirt 200 and joined with non-woven textile 100. Accordingly, an article of apparel, such as shirt 200, may incorporate both non-woven textile 100 and various other textiles or materials. Various fused regions 104 are also formed in the non-woven textile 100 of torso region 201 in order to impart different properties to specific areas of shirt 200 that incorporate non-woven textile 100.
  • A sixth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35F and 36F, in which a majority of shirt 200 is formed from a composite element of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130. More particularly, the material forming shirt 200 has a layered structure including an outer layer of non-woven textile 100 and an inner layer of textile 130. The combination of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 may impart some advantages over either of non-woven textile 100 and textile 130 alone. For example, textile 130 may exhibit one-directional stretch that imparts one-directional stretch to the composite element. Textile 130 may also be positioned to contact the skin of an individual wearing shirt 200, and the materials selected for textile 130 and the structure of textile 130 may impart more comfort than non-woven textile 100 alone. As an additional matter, the presence of non-woven textile 100 permits elements to be joined through heatbonding. Referring to FIG. 36F, surfaces of the composite material that include non-woven textile 100 are heatbonded to each other to join elements from torso region 201 and one of arm regions 202. Various fused regions 104 are also formed in regions 201 and 202 in order to impart different properties to specific areas of shirt 200.
  • A seventh configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35G and 36G. In order to provide protection to a wearer, various sheets 140 and foam layers 150 are heatbonded to an interior surface of non-woven textile 100. More particularly, two sheets 140 are located in the shoulder areas of shirt 200, two sheets 140 are located in arm regions 202, and two foam layers 150 are located on sides of torso region 201. Various fused regions 104 are also formed in non-woven textile 100. More particularly, a pair of fused regions 104 extend around the areas where foam layers 150 are located in torso region 201, and a pair of fused regions 104 extend over the areas where sheets 140 are located in arm regions 202. These fused regions 104 may be utilized to reinforce or add stretch-resistance to areas surrounding foam layers 150 or provide greater durability to areas over sheets 140, for example.
  • An eighth configuration of shirt 200 is depicted in FIGS. 35H and 36H. In addition to various fused regions 104 that are formed in non-woven textile 100, a plurality of strands 160 are also embedded within non-woven textile 100 to, for example, impart stretch-resistance or additional strength to specific areas of shirt 200. More particularly, seven strands 160 radiate outward and downward from a point in an upper portion of torso region 201, two strands 160 extend in parallel along each of arm regions 202, and at least one strand 160 extends across seams 206 in shoulder areas of shirt 200. Some of strands 160 extend through various fused regions 104 that may impart additional stretch-resistance or durability, for example, to the areas surrounding strands 160. In torso region 201, each of strands 160 pass through one of fused regions 104, while two of strands 160 extend along a pair of fused regions 104. In the shoulder areas of shirt 200, a pair of strands 160 are located entirely within fused regions 104. Accordingly, strands 160 may be utilized alone or coupled with fused regions 104.
  • Based upon the above discussion, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in an article of apparel, such as shirt 200. In some configurations, seams 206 having the configuration of either of seams 106 or 107 may be used to join textile elements, including elements of non-woven textile 100. In order to impart different properties to areas of shirt 200, various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into shirt 200, and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, strands 160, or various other components to non-woven textile 100. By forming fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 and combining non-woven textile 100 with other components to form composite elements, various properties and combinations of properties may be imparted to different areas of shirt 200. That is, the various concepts disclosed herein may be utilized individually or in combination to engineer the properties of shirt 200 and tailor shirt 200 to a specific purpose. Given that non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material, seams 206 and the composite elements may be formed through heatbonding.
  • X—Pants Configurations
  • Various configurations of pants 300 are depicted in FIGS. 37A-37C as including a pelvic region 301 and a pair of leg regions 302 that extend downward from pelvic region 301. Pelvic region 301 corresponds with a lower torso and pelvis bone of a wearer and covers at least a portion of the lower torso when worn. An upper area of pelvic region 301 defines a waist opening 303 through which the torso extends when pants 300 are worn. Leg regions 302 respectively correspond with a right leg and a left leg of the wearer and cover at least a portion of the right leg and the left leg when pants 300 are worn. Each of leg regions 302 define an ankle opening 304 through which the ankle and feet of the wearer protrude when pants 300 are worn. Pants 300 have the configuration of a pants-type garment, particularly a pair of athletic pants. In general, pants-type garments cover the lower torso of the wearer and may extend over legs of the wearer. In further examples, apparel having the general structure of pants 300 may have the configuration of other pants-type garments, including shorts, jeans, briefs, swimsuits, and undergarments.
  • A first configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37A. A majority of pants 300 is formed from non-woven textile 100. More particularly, pelvic region 301 and each of leg regions 302 are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100. Although pants 300 may be formed from a single element of non-woven textile 100, pants 300 is generally formed from multiple joined elements of non-woven textile 100. Although not depicted, seams similar to seams 106,107, or 206 may be utilized to join the various elements of non-woven textile 100 together. Stitching and adhesive bonding may also be utilized to form or supplement the seams.
  • A pocket 305 is formed in pants 300 and may be utilized to hold or otherwise contain relatively small objects (e.g., keys, wallet, identification card, mobile phone, portable music player). Two overlapping layers of non-woven textile 100 are utilized to form pocket 305, as depicted in FIG. 38. More particularly, a bond area 306 is utilized to heatbond the layers of non-woven textile 100 to each other. A central area of one of the layers of non-woven textile 100 remains unbonded, however, to form the areas within pocket 305 for containing the objects. A pocket similar to pocket 305 may also be formed in other products and articles of apparel, including shirt 200.
  • A second configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37B. As with the configuration of FIG. 37A, a majority of pants 300 is formed from non-woven textile 100. In order to impart different properties to specific areas of pants 300, various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100. More particularly, fused regions 104 are formed around waist opening 303 and each of leg openings 304. Another fused region 104 is formed at an opening for pocket 305. Given that each of openings 303 and 304, as well as the opening to pocket 305, may be stretched, fused regions 104 may be utilized to impart greater stretch-resistance to these areas. That is, filaments 103 in fused regions 104 of pants 300 are generally fused to a greater degree than filaments 103 in other areas of pants 300 and may have any of the filamentous, non-filamentous, or intermediate configurations discussed above. In addition to providing greater stretch-resistance, fused regions 104 impart enhanced durability. Given that knee areas of pants 300 may be subjected to relatively high abrasion as pants 300 are worn, additional fused regions 104 may be located in the knee areas to impart greater durability.
  • A third configuration of pants 300 is depicted in FIG. 37C. As with shirt 200, fused regions 104, textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, and strands 160 may be utilized to impart properties to various areas of pants 300. In leg regions 302, for example, textile 130 is heatbonded to an interior surface of non-woven textile 100. A pair of sheets 140 are heatbonded to pants 300 in side areas of pelvic region 301, and portions of the fused region 104 around waist opening 303 extend under sheets 140. A pair of foam layers 150 are also located in the knee areas of pants 300, and strands 160 that extend along leg regions 302 extend under foam layers 150 (e.g., between non-woven textile 100 and foam layers 150). End areas of strands 160 also extend into fused regions 104 in lower areas of leg regions 302. Accordingly, fused regions 104, textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, and strands 160 may be utilized or combined in a variety of ways to impart properties to different various areas of pants 300. Whereas various elements of sheet 140 and foam layer 150 are heatbonded with an interior surface of shirt 200 in FIG. 35G, various elements of sheet 140 and foam layer 150 are heatbonded with an exterior surface of pants 300 in FIG. 37C. Depending upon various structural and aesthetic factors, composite elements and apparel including the composite elements may be formed with components (e.g., textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, strands 160) located on an exterior or an interior of non-woven textile 100.
  • Based upon the above discussion, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in an article of apparel, such as pants 300. Seams of various types may be used to join textile elements, including elements of non-woven textile 100. In order to impart different properties to areas of pants 300, various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into shirt 200, and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, strands 160, or various other components to non-woven textile 100. By forming fused regions 104 in non-woven textile 100 and combining non-woven textile 100 with other components to form composite elements, various properties and combinations of properties may be imparted to different areas of pants 300. That is, the various concepts disclosed herein may be utilized individually or in combination to engineer the properties of pants 300 and tailor pants 300 to a specific purpose. Given that non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material, the seams and composite elements may be formed through heatbonding.
  • XI—Footwear Configurations
  • Various configurations of footwear 400 are depicted in FIGS. 39A-39G as including a sole structure 410 and an upper 420. Sole structure 410 is secured to upper 420 and extends between the foot of a wearer and the ground when footwear 400 is placed upon the foot. In addition to providing traction, sole structure 410 may attenuate ground reaction forces when compressed between the foot and the ground during walking, running, or other ambulatory activities. As depicted, sole structure 410 includes a fluid-filled chamber 411, a reinforcing structure 412 that is bonded to and extends around an exterior of chamber 411, and an outsole 413 that is secured to a lower surface of chamber 411, which is similar to a sole structure that is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,086,179 to Dojan, et al., which is incorporated by reference herein. The configuration of sole structure 410 may vary significantly to include a variety of other conventional or nonconventional structures. As an example, sole structure 410 may incorporate a polymer foam element in place of chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412, and the polymer foam element may at least partially encapsulate a fluid-filled chamber, as disclosed in either of U.S. Pat. No. 7,000,335 to Swigart, et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 7,386,946 to Goodwin, which are incorporated by reference herein. As another example, sole structure 410 may incorporate a fluid-filled chamber with an internal foam tensile member, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,131,218 to Schindler, which is incorporated by reference herein. Accordingly, sole structure 410 may have a variety of configurations.
  • Upper 420 defines a void within footwear 400 for receiving and securing the foot relative to sole structure 410. More particularly, upper 420 is structured to extend along a lateral side of the foot, along a medial side of the foot, over the foot, and under the foot, such that the void within upper 420 is shaped to accommodate the foot. Access to the void is provided by an ankle opening 421 located in at least a heel region of footwear 400. A lace 422 extends through various lace apertures 423 in upper 420 and permits the wearer to modify dimensions of upper 420 to accommodate the proportions of the foot. Lace 422 also permits the wearer to loosen upper 420 to facilitate entry and removal of the foot from the void. Although not depicted, upper 420 may include a tongue that extends under lace 422 to enhance the comfort or adjustability of footwear 400.
  • A first configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39A and 40A. Portions of upper 420 that extend along sides of the foot, over the foot, and under the foot may be formed from various elements of non-woven textile 100. Although not depicted, seams similar to seams 106 and 107 may be used to join the elements of non-woven textile 100. In many articles of footwear, stitching or adhesives are utilized to join the upper and sole structure. Sole structure 410, however, may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. More particularly, chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412 may be at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material that joins to upper 420 with a heatbond. That is, a heatbonding process may be utilized to join sole structure 410 and upper 420. In some configurations, stitching or adhesives may be utilized to join sole structure 410 and upper 420, or the heatbond may be supplemented with stitching or adhesives.
  • A relatively large percentage of footwear 400 may be formed from thermoplastic polymer materials. As discussed above, non-woven textile 100, chamber 411, and reinforcing structure 412 may be at least partially formed from thermoplastic polymer materials. Although lace 422 is not generally joined to upper 420 through bonding or stitching, lace 422 may also be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. Similarly, outsole 413 may also be formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. Depending upon the number of elements of footwear 400 that incorporate thermoplastic polymer materials or are entirely formed from thermoplastic polymer materials, the percentage by mass of footwear 400 that is formed from the thermoplastic polymer materials may range from thirty percent to one-hundred percent. In some configurations, at least sixty percent of a combined mass of upper 420 and sole structure 410 may be from the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) other elements of upper 420 (i.e., lace 422) and (b) the elements of sole structure 410 (i.e., chamber 411, reinforcing structure 412, outsole 413). In further configurations, at least eighty percent or even at least ninety percent of a combined mass of upper 420 and sole structure 410 may be from the thermoplastic polymer material of non-woven textile 100 and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) other elements of upper 420 and (b) the elements of sole structure 410. Accordingly, a majority or even all of footwear 400 may be formed from one or more thermoplastic polymer materials.
  • A second configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39B and 40B, in which three generally linear fused regions 104 extend from a heel area to a forefoot area of footwear 400. As discussed in detail above, the thermoplastic polymer material forming filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 is fused to a greater degree in fused regions 104 than in other areas of non-woven textile 100. The thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 may also be fused to form a non-filamentous portion of non-woven textile 100. The three fused regions 104 form, therefore, areas where filaments 103 are fused to a greater degree than in other areas of upper 420. Fused regions 104 have generally greater stretch-resistance than other areas of non-woven textile 100. Given that fused regions 104 extend longitudinally between the heel area and the forefoot area of footwear 400, fused regions 104 may reduce the amount of longitudinal stretch in footwear 400. That is, fused regions 104 may impart greater stretch-resistance to footwear 400 in the direction between the heel area and the forefoot area. Fused regions 104 may also increase the durability of upper 420 and decrease the permeability of upper 420.
  • A third configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39C and 40C. Various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100. One of fused regions 104 extends around and is proximal to ankle opening 421, which may add greater stretch-resistance to the area around ankle opening 421 and assists with securely-retaining the foot within upper 420. Another fused region 104 is located in the heel region and extends around a rear area of the footwear to form a heel counter that resists movement of the heel within upper 420. A further fused region 104 is located in the forefoot area and adjacent to the sole structure, which adds greater durability to the forefoot area. More particularly, the forefoot area of upper 420 may experience greater abrasive-wear than other portions of upper 420, and the addition to fused region 104 in the forefoot area may enhance the abrasion-resistance of footwear 400 in the forefoot area. Additional fused regions 104 extend around some of lace apertures 423, which may enhance the durability and stretch-resistance of areas that receive lace 422. Fused regions 104 also extend downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 in order to enhance the stretch-resistance along the sides of footwear 400. More particularly, tension in lace 422 may place tension in the sides of upper 420. By forming fused regions 104 that extend downward along the sides of upper 420, the stretch in upper 420 may be reduced.
  • The size of fused regions 104 in footwear 400 may vary significantly, but fused regions 104 generally have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter. As noted above, various embossing or calendaring processes may be utilized during the manufacturing process for non-woven textile 100. Some embossing or calendaring processes may form a plurality of relatively small areas (i.e., one to ten square millimeters) where filaments 103 are somewhat fused to each other. In contrast with the areas formed by embossing or calendaring, fused regions 104 have a continuous area, as defined above, of at least one square centimeter.
  • Although a majority of upper 420 may be formed from a single layer of non-woven textile 100, multiple layers may also be utilized. Referring to FIG. 40C, upper 420 includes an intermediate foam layer 150 between two layers of non-woven textile 100. An advantage to this configuration is that foam layer imparts additional cushioning to the sides of upper 420, thereby protecting and imparting greater comfort to the foot. In general, the portions of upper 420 that incorporate foam layer 150 may be formed to have the general configuration of the composite element discussed above relative to FIGS. 19 and 20. Moreover, a heatbonding process similar to the process discussed above relative to FIGS. 12A-12C may be utilized to form the portions of upper 420 that incorporate foam layer 150. As an alternative to foam layer 150, textile 130 or sheet 140 may also be heatbonded to non-woven textile 100 in footwear 400. Accordingly, incorporating various composite elements into footwear 400 may impart a layered configuration with different properties.
  • A fourth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39D and 40D, in which various strands 160 are embedded within non-woven textile 100. In comparison with the thermoplastic polymer material forming non-woven textile 100, many of the materials noted above for strands 160 exhibit greater tensile strength and stretch-resistance. That is, strands 160 may be stronger than non-woven textile 100 and may exhibit less stretch than non-woven textile 100 when subjected to a tensile force. When utilized within footwear 400, therefore, strands 160 may be utilized to impart greater strength and stretch-resistance than non-woven textile 100.
  • Strands 160 are embedded within non-woven textile 100 or otherwise bonded to non-woven textile 100. Many of strands 160 extend in a direction that is substantially parallel to a surface of non-woven textile 100 for a distance of at least five centimeters. An advantage to forming at least some of strands 160 to extend through the distance of at least five centimeters is that tensile forces upon one area of footwear 400 may be transferred along strands 160 to another area of footwear 400. One group of strands 160 extends from the heel area to the forefoot area of footwear 400 to increase strength and reduce the amount of longitudinal stretch in footwear 400. That is, these strands 160 may impart greater strength and stretch-resistance to footwear 400 in the direction between the heel area and the forefoot area. Another group of strands 160 extends downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 in order to enhance the strength and stretch-resistance along the sides of footwear 400. More particularly, tension in lace 422 may place tension in the sides of upper 420. By positioning strands 160 to extend downward along the sides of upper 420, the stretch in upper 420 may be reduced, while increasing the strength. A further group of strands 160 is also located in the heel region to effectively form a heel counter that enhances the stability of footwear 400. Additional details concerning footwear having a configuration that includes strands similar to strands 160 are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication US2007/0271821 to Meschter, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • A fifth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIGS. 39E. In contrast with the configuration of FIGS. 39D and 40D, various fused regions 104 are formed in non-woven textile 100. More particularly, fused regions 104 are located in the areas of the groups of strands 160 that (a) extend downward from an area that is proximal to lace apertures 423 to an area that is proximal to sole structure 410 and (b) are located in the heel region. At least a portion of strands 160 extend through the fused regions 104, which imparts additional stretch-resistance and greater durability to the areas of upper 420 that incorporate strands 160, thereby providing greater protection to strands 160. Fused regions 104 may have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments 103 within fused regions 104 may be either, filamentous, non-filamentous, or a combination of filamentous and non-filamentous.
  • A sixth configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIG. 39F. Three fused regions 104 in the side of footwear 400 have the shapes of the letters “A,” “B,” and “C.” As discussed above, fused regions 104 may be utilized to modify various properties of non-woven textile 100, including the properties of permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. In general, various aesthetic properties may also be modified by forming fused regions 104, including the transparency and the darkness of a color of non-woven textile 100. That is, the color of fused regions 104 may be darker than the color of other portions of non-woven textile 100. Utilizing this change in aesthetic properties, fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in areas of footwear 400. That is, fused regions 104 may be utilized to form a name or logo of a team or company, the name or initials of an individual, or an esthetic pattern, drawing, or element in non-woven textile 100. Similarly, fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in shirt 200, pants 300, or any other product incorporating non-woven textile 100.
  • Fused regions 104 may be utilized to form indicia in the side of footwear 400, as depicted in FIG. 39F, and also in shirt 200, pants 300, or a variety of other products incorporating non-woven textile 100. As a related matter, elements of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded or otherwise joined to various products to form indicia. For example, elements of non-woven textile 100 having the shapes of the letters “A,” “B,” and “C” may be heatbonded to the sides of an article of footwear where the upper is primarily formed from synthetic leather. Given that non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to a variety of other materials, elements of non-woven textile 100 may be heatbonded to products in order to form indicia.
  • Seams similar to seams 106 and 107 may be used to join the elements of non-woven textile 100 in any configuration of footwear 400. Referring to FIG. 39F, a pair of seams 424 extend in a generally diagonal direction through upper 420 to join different elements of non-woven textile 100. Although heatbonding may be utilized to form seams 424, stitching or adhesives may also be utilized. As noted above, sole structure 410 may also have various structures, in addition to the structure that includes chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412. Referring again to FIG. 39F, a thermoplastic polymer foam material 425 is utilized in place of chamber 411 and reinforcing structure 412, and upper 420 may be heatbonded to foam material 425 to join sole structure 410 to upper 420. Heatbonds may also be utilized when a thermoset polymer foam material is utilized within sole structure 410.
  • A seventh configuration of footwear 400 is depicted in FIG. 39G, wherein non-woven textile 100 is utilized to form a pair of straps 426 that replace or supplement lace 422. In general, straps 426 permit the wearer to modify dimensions of upper 420 to accommodate the proportions of the foot. Straps 426 also permit the wearer to loosen upper 420 to facilitate entry and removal of the foot from the void. One end of straps 426 may be permanently secured to upper 420, whereas a remainder of straps 426 may be joined with a hook-and-loop fastener, for example. This configuration allows straps to be adjusted by the wearer. As discussed above, non-woven textile 100 may stretch and return to an original configuration after being stretched. Utilizing this property, the wearer may stretch straps 426 to impart tension, thereby tightening upper 420 around the foot. By lifting straps, the tension may be released to allow entry and removal of the foot.
  • In addition to forming the portion of upper 420 that extends along and around the foot to form the void for receiving the foot, non-woven textile 100 may also form structural elements of footwear 400. As an example, a lace loop 427 is depicted in FIG. 41. Lace loop 427 may be incorporated into upper 420 as a replacement or alternative for one or more of the various lace apertures 423. Whereas lace apertures 423 are openings through upper 420 that receive lace 422, lace loop 427 is a folded or overlapped area of non-woven textile 100 that defines a channel through which lace 422 extends. In forming lace loop 427, non-woven textile 100 is heatbonded to itself at a bond area 428 to form the channel.
  • Based upon the above discussion, non-woven textile 100 may be utilized in apparel having the configuration of an article of footwear, such as footwear 400. In order to impart different properties to areas of footwear 400, various fused regions 104 may be formed, different types of textiles may be incorporated into footwear 400, and composite elements may be formed by joining one or more of textile 130, sheet 140, foam layer 150, strands 160, or various other components to non-woven textile 100. Given that non-woven textile 100 incorporates a thermoplastic polymer material, a heatbonding process may be utilized to join upper 420 to sole structure 410.
  • XII—Forming, Texturing, and Coloring the Non-Woven Textile
  • The configuration of non-woven textile 100 depicted in FIG. 1 has a generally planar configuration. Non-woven textile 100 may also exhibit a variety of three-dimensional configurations. As an example, non-woven textile 100 is depicted as having a wavy or undulating configuration in FIG. 42A. A similar configuration with squared waves is depicted in FIG. 42B. As another example, non-woven textile may have waves that extend in two directions to impart an egg crate configuration, as depicted in FIG. 42C. Accordingly, non-woven textile 100 may be formed to have a variety of non-planar or three-dimensional configurations.
  • A variety of processes may be utilized to form a three-dimensional configuration in non-woven textile 100. Referring to FIGS. 43A-43C, an example of a method is depicted as involving first plate 111 and second plate 112, which each have surfaces that correspond with the resulting three-dimensional aspects of non-woven textile 100. Initially, non-woven textile 100 is located between plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 43A. Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to contact and compress non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 43B. In order to form the three-dimensional configuration in non-woven textile 100, heat from one or both of plates 111 and 112 is applied to non-woven textile 100 so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103. Upon separating plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 43C, non-woven textile 100 exhibits the three-dimensional configuration from the surfaces of plates 111 and 112. Although heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency or radiant heating may also be used. As another example of a process that may be utilized to form a three-dimensional configuration in non-woven textile 100, filaments 103 may be directly deposited upon a three-dimensional surface in the process for manufacturing non-woven textile 100.
  • In addition to forming non-woven textile 100 to have three-dimensional aspects, a texture may be imparted to one or both of surfaces 101 and 102. Referring to FIG. 44A, non-woven textile 100 has a configuration wherein first surface 101 is textured to include a plurality of wave-like features. Another configuration is depicted in FIG. 44B, wherein first surface 101 is textured to include a plurality of x-shaped features. Textures may also be utilized to convey information, as in the series of alpha-numeric characters that are formed in first surface 101 in FIG. 44C. Additionally, textures may be utilized to impart the appearance of other materials, such as the synthetic leather texture in FIG. 44D.
  • A variety of processes may be utilized to impart a texture to non-woven textile 100. Referring to FIGS. 45A-45C, an example of a method is depicted as involving first plate 111 and second plate 112, which each have textured surfaces. Initially, non-woven textile 100 is located between plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 45A. Plates 111 and 112 then translate or otherwise move toward each other in order to contact and compress non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 45B. In order to impart the textured configuration in non-woven textile 100, heat from one or both of plates 111 and 112 is applied to non-woven textile 100 so as to soften or melt the thermoplastic polymer material within filaments 103. Upon separating plates 111 and 112, as depicted in FIG. 45C, non-woven textile 100 exhibits the texture from the surfaces of plates 111 and 112. Although heat may be applied through conduction, radio frequency or radiant heating may also be used. As another example of a process that may be utilized to form textured surfaces in non-woven textile 100, a textured release paper may be placed adjacent to non-woven textile 100. Upon compressing and heating, the texture from the release paper may be transferred to non-woven textile 100.
  • Depending upon the type of polymer material utilized for non-woven textile 100, a variety of coloring processes may be utilized to impart color to non-woven textile 100. Digital printing, for example, may be utilized to deposit dye or a colorant onto either if surfaces 101 and 102 to form indicia, graphics, logos, or other aesthetic features. Instructions, size identifiers, or other information may also be printed onto non-woven textile 100. Moreover, coloring processes may be utilized before or after non-woven textile 100 is incorporated into a product. Other coloring processes, including screen printing and laser printing, may be used to impart colors or change the overall color of portions of non-woven textile 100.
  • Based upon the above discussion, three-dimensional, textured, and colored configurations of non-woven textile 100 may be formed. When incorporated into products (e.g., shirt 200, pants 300, footwear 400), these features may provide both structural and aesthetic enhancements to the products. For example, the three-dimensional configurations may provide enhanced impact force attenuation and greater permeability by increasing surface area. Texturing may increase slip-resistance, as well as providing a range of aesthetic possibilities. Moreover, coloring non-woven textile 100 may be utilized to convey information and increase the visibility of the products.
  • XIII—Stitch Configurations
  • Stitching may be utilized to join an element of non-woven textile 100 to other elements of non-woven textile 100, other textiles, or a variety of other materials. As discussed above, stitching may be utilized alone, or in combination with heatbonding or adhesives to join non-woven textile 100. Additionally, stitching, embroidery, or stitchbonding may be used to form a composite element and provide structural or aesthetic elements to non-woven textile 100. Referring to FIG. 46A, a thread 163 is stitched into non-woven textile 100 to form a plurality of parallel lines that extend across non-woven textile 100. Whereas strands 160 extend in a direction that is substantially parallel to either of surfaces 101 and 102, thread 163 repeatedly extends between surfaces 101 and 102 (i.e., through non-wove textile 100) to form a stitched configuration. Like strand 160, however, thread 163 may impart stretch-resistance and enhance the overall strength of non-woven textile 100. Thread 163 may also enhance the overall aesthetics of non-woven textile 100. When incorporated into products having non-woven textile 100 (e.g., shirt 200, pants 300, footwear 400), thread 163 may provide both structural and aesthetic enhancements to the products.
  • Thread 163 may be stitched to provide a variety of stitch configurations. As an example, thread 163 has the configuration of a zigzag stitch in FIG. 46B and the configuration of a chain stitch in FIG. 46C. Whereas thread 163 forms generally parallel lines of stitches in FIGS. 46A and 46B, the stitches formed by thread 163 are non-parallel and cross each other in FIG. 46C. Thread 163 may also be embroidered to form various configurations, as depicted in FIG. 46D. Stitching may also be utilized to form more complicated configurations with thread 163, as depicted in FIG. 46E. Non-woven textile 100 may also include various fused regions 104, with the stitches formed by thread 163 extending through both fused and non-fused areas of non-woven textile 100, as depicted in FIG. 46F. Accordingly, thread 163 may be utilized to form a variety of stitch types that may impart stretch-resistance, enhance strength, or enhance the overall aesthetics of non-woven textile 100. Moreover, fused regions 104 may also be formed in non-woven textile 100 to modify other properties.
  • XIV—Adhesive Tape
  • An element of tape 170 is depicted in FIGS. 47 and 48 as having the configuration of a composite elements that includes non-woven textile 100 and an adhesive layer 171. Tape 170 may be utilized for a variety of purposes, including as packing tape, as painting tape, or as medical or therapeutic tape. An advantage to utilizing tape 170 as medical or therapeutic tape, for example, is that the permeability and stretch-resistance, among other properties, may be controlled. With regard to permeability, when tape 170 to be adhered to the skin of an individual (i.e., with adhesive layer 171), air and water may pass through tape 170 to impart breathability and allow the underlying skin to be washed or otherwise cleansed. Tape 170 may also resist stretch when adhered to the skin of the individual to provide support for surrounding soft tissue. Examples of suitable materials for adhesive layer 171 include any of the conventional adhesives utilized in tape-type products, including medical-grade acrylic adhesive.
  • A variety of structures that be utilized to impart specific degrees of stretch-resistance to tape 170. As an example, the stretch-resistance to tape 170 may be controlled though the thickness of non-woven textile 100 or the materials forming filaments 103 in non-woven textile 100. Referring to FIG. 49A, fused regions 104 may also be formed in tape 170 to control stretch-resistance. Strands 160 may also be incorporated into tape 170 to impart a higher level of stretch-resistance, as depicted in FIG. 49B. Additionally, some configurations of tape 170 may include both fused regions 104 and strands 160, as depicted in FIG. 49C.
  • XV—Recycling the Non-Woven Textile
  • Filaments 103 of non-woven textile 100 include a thermoplastic polymer material. In some configurations of non-woven textile 100, a majority or substantially all of filaments 103 are formed from the thermoplastic polymer material. Given that many configurations of shirt 200 and pants 300 are primarily formed from non-woven textile 100, then a majority or substantially all of shirt 200 and pants 300 are formed from the thermoplastic polymer material. Similarly, a relatively large percentage of footwear 400 may also be formed from thermoplastic polymer materials. Unlike many articles of apparel, the materials of shirt 200, pants 300, and footwear 400 may be recycled following their useful lives.
  • Utilizing shirt 200 as an example, the thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 may be extracted, recycled, and incorporated into another product (e.g., apparel, container, upholstery) as a non-woven textile, a polymer foam, or a polymer sheet. This process is generally shown in FIG. 50, in which shirt 200 is recycled in a recycling center 180, and thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 is incorporated into one or more of another shirt 200, pants 300, or footwear 400. Moreover, given that a majority or substantially all of shirt 200 is formed from the thermoplastic polymer material, then a majority or substantially all of the thermoplastic polymer material may be utilized in another product following recycling. Although the thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 was initially utilized within non-woven textile 100, for example, the thermoplastic polymer material from shirt 200 may be subsequently utilized in another element of non-woven textile 100, another textile that includes a thermoplastic polymer material, a polymer foam, or a polymer sheet. Pants 300, footwear 400, and other products incorporating non-woven textile 100 may be recycled through a similar process. Accordingly, an advantage of forming shirt 200, pants 300, footwear 400, or other products with the various configurations discussed above relates to recyclability.
  • XVI—Conclusion
  • Non-woven textile 100 includes a plurality of filaments 103 that are at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material. Various fused regions 104 may be formed in non-woven textile 100 to modify properties that include permeability, durability, and stretch-resistance. Various components (textiles, polymer sheets, foam layers, strands) may also be secured to or combined with non-woven textile 100 (e.g., through heatbonding) to impart additional properties or advantages to non-woven textile 100. Moreover, fused regions 104 and the components may be combined to impart various configurations to non-woven textile 100.
  • The invention is disclosed above and in the accompanying figures with reference to a variety of configurations. The purpose served by the disclosure, however, is to provide an example of the various features and concepts related to the invention, not to limit the scope of the invention. One skilled in the relevant art will recognize that numerous variations and modifications may be made to the configurations described above without departing from the scope of the present invention, as defined by the appended claims.

Claims (115)

1. A non-woven textile formed from a plurality of polymer filaments that incorporate a thermoplastic polyurethane material, the non-woven textile having a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
2. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the polymer filaments stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
3. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the first region is a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
4. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein a permeability of the first region is less than a permeability of the second region.
5. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein a stretch-resistance of the first region is greater than a stretch-resistance of the second region.
6. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the non-woven textile defines a first surface and an opposite second surface, at least a portion of the second surface being joined to a second textile element.
7. The non-woven textile recited in claim 6, wherein the polymer filaments of the non-woven textile are heatbonded to filaments of the second textile element.
8. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the non-woven textile defines a first surface and an opposite second surface, at least a portion of the second surface being joined to a polymer foam element.
9. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the non-woven textile is incorporated into an article of apparel.
10. The non-woven textile recited in claim 1, wherein the non-woven textile is incorporated into an article of footwear.
11. An article of apparel comprising at least one non-woven textile element that includes a plurality of filaments at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region being fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
12. The article of apparel recited in claim 11, wherein the article of apparel is a shirt-type garment.
13. The article of apparel recited in claim 12, wherein the first region is located in a shoulder area of the shirt-type garment.
14. The article of apparel recited in claim 12, wherein the first region is located around at least one of a neck opening, an arm opening, and a waist opening of the shirt-type garment.
15. The article of apparel recited in claim 11, wherein the article of apparel is a pants-type garment.
16. The article of apparel recited in claim 15, wherein the first region is located in a knee area of the pants-type garment.
17. The article of apparel recited in claim 15, wherein the first region is located around at least one of a waist opening and a leg opening of the pants-type garment.
18. The article of apparel recited in claim 11, wherein the thermoplastic polymer filaments stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
19. The article of apparel recited in claim 11, wherein the article of apparel also includes a second textile element, an edge area of the non-woven textile element being heatbonded with an edge area of the second textile element.
20. The article of apparel recited in claim 11, wherein the article of apparel is an article of footwear.
21. An article of apparel comprising:
a first textile element having a configuration of a non-woven textile that includes a plurality of thermoplastic polymer filaments;
a second textile element; and
a seam between the first textile element and the second textile element, an edge area of the first textile element being heatbonded with an edge area of the second textile element at the seam.
22. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the thermoplastic polymer filaments stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
23. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the second textile element is a non-woven textile that includes a plurality of thermoplastic polymer filaments.
24. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the second textile element is a mechanically-manipulated textile.
25. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein stitching is absent in the edge area of the first textile and the edge area of the second textile element.
26. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein an adhesive is absent from an area between the edge area of the first textile and the edge area of the second textile element.
27. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the first textile element has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
28. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the first textile element has a first surface and an opposite second surface, and a third textile element is heatbonded to the second surface.
29. The article of apparel recited in claim 28, wherein the third textile element is a mechanically-manipulated textile.
30. The article of apparel recited in claim 21, wherein the article of apparel is an article of footwear.
31. An article of footwear comprising an upper and a sole structure, at least a portion of the upper being a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material.
32. The article of footwear recited in claim 31, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region being fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
33. The article of footwear recited in claim 32, wherein the first region is located in a forefoot area of the article of footwear and adjacent to the sole structure.
34. The article of footwear recited in claim 32, wherein the first region extends around a lace receiving area of the upper.
35. The article of footwear recited in claim 32, wherein the first region extends from an area that is proximal to a lace receiving area of the upper to an area that is proximal to the sole structure.
36. The article of footwear recited in claim 32, wherein the first region extends from a heel area of the footwear to a forefoot area of the footwear.
37. The article of footwear recited in claim 32, wherein the first region is proximal to an ankle opening of the upper.
38. The article of footwear recited in claim 31, wherein at least eighty percent of a combined mass of the upper and the sole structure is from the thermoplastic polymer material of the non-woven textile and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) other elements of the upper and (b) the sole structure.
39. The article of footwear recited in claim 31, wherein at least eighty percent of a combined mass of the upper and the sole structure is from the thermoplastic polymer material of the non-woven textile and thermoplastic polymer materials of at least one of (a) a fluid-filled chamber of the sole structure and (b) a foam material of the sole structure.
40. The article of footwear recited in claim 31, wherein the thermoplastic polymer filaments stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
41. An article of footwear comprising an upper and a sole structure, at least eighty percent of a combined mass of the upper and the sole structure being from at least one thermoplastic polymer material, and at least a portion of a textile material incorporated into the upper being formed from the at least one thermoplastic polymer material.
42. The article of footwear recited in claim 41, wherein the at least one thermoplastic polymer material includes a first material and a second material, the first material being filaments of a non-woven textile forming at least a portion of the upper, and the second material being within the sole structure.
43. The article of footwear recited in claim 42, wherein the second material is incorporated into a polymer foam of the sole structure.
44. The article of footwear recited in claim 42, wherein the second material is incorporated into a fluid-filled chamber of the sole structure.
45. The article of footwear recited in claim 41, wherein the upper includes a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that incorporate the at least one thermoplastic polymer material.
46. An article of footwear comprising:
an upper for receiving a foot of a wearer, the upper including a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material; and
a sole structure secured to a lower area of the upper, the sole structure including at least one of (a) a foam material and (b) a fluid-filled chamber that is at least partially formed from the thermoplastic polymer material.
47. The article of footwear recited in claim 46, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
48. The article of footwear recited in claim 47, wherein the thermoplastic polymer material from the filaments of the first region form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
49. The article of footwear recited in claim 46, wherein the filaments that include the thermoplastic polymer material stretch at least one-hundred percent prior to tensile failure.
50. The article of footwear recited in claim 46, wherein the thermoplastic polymer material of the upper is substantially identical to the thermoplastic polymer material of the sole structure.
51. An article of footwear comprising:
an upper for receiving a foot of a wearer, the upper including a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material; and
a sole structure secured to a lower area of the upper,
wherein the non-woven textile of the upper is heatbonded to the sole structure.
52. The article of footwear recited in claim 51, wherein stitching and adhesives are absent from an area between the non-woven textile of the upper and the sole structure.
53. The article of footwear recited in claim 51, wherein a portion of the sole structure that is heatbonded to the upper is at least partially formed from a thermoplastic polymer material.
54. The article of footwear recited in claim 53, wherein the portion of the sole structure that is heatbonded to the upper is at least one of a polymer foam material and a fluid-filled chamber.
55. The article of footwear recited in claim 51, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
56. An article of footwear having an upper and a sole structure secured to the upper, the upper comprising:
a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first surface and an opposite second surface; and
a strand extending in a direction that is substantially parallel to the first surface for a distance of at least five centimeters.
57. The article of footwear recited in claim 56, wherein a material of the strand is selected from a group consisting of carbon fiber, aramid fiber, ultra high molecular weight polyethylene, and liquid crystal polymer.
58. The article of footwear recited in claim 56, wherein the strand is bonded to the non-woven textile.
59. The article of footwear recited in claim 56, wherein the strand extends from either (a) an area that is proximal to a lace receiving area of the upper to an area that is proximal to the sole structure or (b) a heel area of the footwear to a forefoot area of the footwear.
60. The article of footwear recited in claim 56, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region being fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile, at least a portion of the strand extending through the first region.
61. A method of altering properties of a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the method comprising:
locating an insulating element adjacent to at least one surface of the non-woven textile, the insulating element being absent from a first region of the non-woven textile, and the insulating element contacting a second region of the non-woven textile; and
heating the non-woven textile and the insulating element to fuse the filaments of the first region.
62. The method recited in claim 61, wherein the step of heating includes placing the non-woven textile and the insulating element between platens of a press.
63. The method recited in claim 61, wherein the step of heating includes compressing the non-woven textile and the insulating element
64. The method recited in claim 61, wherein the step of heating includes melting the filaments of the first region to form a non-filamentous structure.
65. The method recited in claim 61, further including a step of selecting a shape of one of the first region and the second region to be a shape of an indicia.
66. The method recited in claim 61, further including a step of incorporating the non-woven textile into an article of apparel.
67. The method recited in claim 61, further including a step of incorporating the non-woven textile into an upper of an article of footwear.
68. A method of manufacturing a composite element, the method comprising:
locating a component adjacent to a surface of a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material; and
heating and compressing the component and the non-woven textile to bond the component to the non-woven textile.
69. The method recited in claim 68, wherein the component is a textile.
70. The method recited in claim 68, wherein the component includes a polymer foam material.
71. The method recited in claim 68, wherein the component is a sheet of a polymer material.
72. The method recited in claim 68, wherein the step of heating and compressing includes placing the component and the non-woven textile between platens of a press.
73. The method recited in claim 68, further including a step of incorporating the component and the non-woven textile into an article of apparel.
74. The method recited in claim 68, further including a step of incorporating the component and the non-woven textile into an upper of an article of footwear.
75. A method of manufacturing a composite element, the method comprising:
locating two layers of a non-woven textile on opposite sides of an intermediate element, the layers being formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material; and
heating and compressing the layers and the intermediate element to bond the layers to the opposite sides of the intermediate element.
76. The method recited in claim 75, wherein the intermediate element includes a polymer foam material.
77. The method recited in claim 76, further including a step of selecting the polymer foam material to include another thermoplastic polymer material.
78. The method recited in claim 75, wherein the step of heating and compressing includes placing the intermediate element and the layers between platens of a press.
79. The method recited in claim 75, wherein the step of heating and compressing includes bonding the two layers to each other around at least a portion of a perimeter of the intermediate element.
80. The method recited in claim 75, further including a step of incorporating the intermediate element and the layers into an article of apparel.
81. The method recited in claim 75, further including a step of incorporating the intermediate element and the layers into an article of footwear.
82. A method comprising:
incorporating a first non-woven textile into a first product, the non-woven textile being formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material;
recycling the thermoplastic polymer material from the first product to form at least one of a second non-woven textile, a polymer foam, and a polymer sheet; and
incorporating the at least one of the second non-woven textile, the polymer foam, and the polymer sheet into a second product.
83. The method recited in claim 82, further including a step of selecting at least one of the first product and the second product to be an article of apparel.
84. The method recited in claim 82, further including a step of selecting at least one of the first product and the second product to be an article of footwear.
85. A composite element comprising:
a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first surface and an opposite second surface; and
a component heatbonded to the second surface.
86. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the component includes a second textile, and the thermoplastic polymer material extends around filaments of the second textile to secure the component to the second surface.
87. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the component includes a polymer foam material, and the thermoplastic polymer material extends into the polymer foam material to secure the component to the second surface.
88. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the component includes a thermoplastic polymer foam material, and the thermoplastic polymer material and the thermoplastic polymer foam material intermingle to secure the component to the second surface.
89. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein stitching is absent from an area extending through the non-woven textile and the component.
90. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein an adhesive is absent from an area between the second surface and the component.
91. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region being fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
92. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the composite element is incorporated into an article of apparel.
93. The composite element recited in claim 85, wherein the composite element is incorporated into an article of footwear.
94. A composite element comprising:
a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first surface and an opposite second surface; and
a strand that is secured to the non-woven textile and extends in a direction that is substantially parallel to the first surface for a distance of at least five centimeters.
95. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein the strand is embedded within the first surface.
96. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein the strand has a tensile strength greater than 0.60 gigapascals.
97. The composite element recited in claim 96, wherein the strand has a tensile modulus greater than 50 gigapascals.
98. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein a material of the strand is selected from a group consisting of carbon fiber, aramid fiber, ultra high molecular weight polyethylene, and liquid crystal polymer.
99. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, each of the first region and the second region having a continuous area of at least one square centimeter, and the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region being fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
100. The composite element recited in claim 99, wherein the strand extends through at least the first region.
101. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein the composite element is incorporated into an article of apparel.
102. The composite element recited in claim 94, wherein the composite element is incorporated into an article of footwear.
103. A non-woven textile formed from a plurality of polymer filaments that incorporate a thermoplastic polyurethane material, the non-woven textile having a first region and a second region, the first region being a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile, and the second region being a filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
104. The non-woven textile recited in claim 103, wherein each of the first region and the second region have a continuous area of at least one square centimeter.
105. The non-woven textile recited in claim 103, wherein a permeability of the first region is less than a permeability of the second region, and a stretch-resistance of the first region is greater than a stretch-resistance of the second region.
106. The non-woven textile recited in claim 103, wherein the non-woven textile is incorporated into an article of apparel.
107. The non-woven textile recited in claim 103, wherein the non-woven textile is incorporated into an article of footwear.
108. A composite element comprising:
a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first surface and an opposite second surface, and the non-woven textile having a first region and a second region, the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region; and
a thread that is stitched into the non-woven textile and extends from the first surface to the second surface, the thread extending through each of the first region and the second region.
109. The composite element recited in claim 108, wherein the thermoplastic polymer material from filaments of the first region are fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
110. A composite element comprising:
a non-woven textile formed from a plurality of filaments that include a thermoplastic polymer material, the non-woven textile having a first surface and an opposite second surface; and
an adhesive layer secured to the second surface.
111. The composite element recited in claim 110, wherein the non-woven textile has a first region and a second region, the filaments of the first region being fused to a greater degree than the filaments of the second region.
112. The composite element recited in claim 111, wherein the filaments of the first region are fused to form a non-filamentous portion of the non-woven textile.
113. The composite element recited in claim 111, wherein a strand is embedded in the non-woven textile and extends through the first region.
114. The composite element recited in claim 110, wherein a strand is embedded in the non-woven textile.
115. The composite element recited in claim 110, wherein the adhesive layer is an acrylic adhesive.
US12/367,274 2009-02-06 2009-02-06 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements Abandoned US20100199406A1 (en)

Priority Applications (37)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/367,274 US20100199406A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-02-06 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US12/579,838 US20100199520A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-10-15 Textured Thermoplastic Non-Woven Elements
EP20110174750 EP2397594B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
JP2011549186A JP5988129B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic nonwoven fabric and clothing
EP11174747.3A EP2407302B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
CN201410041109.XA CN103815619A (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
CN201080005095.6A CN102292487B (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP19176983.5A EP3613584B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP17151883.0A EP3181747B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP11174751.5A EP2397320B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP10734588A EP2393972B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP20110174753 EP2453048B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Non-woven composite
EP20110175063 EP2397593B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
PCT/US2010/022216 WO2010090923A2 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-27 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/045,168 US8850719B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-03-10 Layered thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
JP2011225849A JP5823809B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-10-13 Composite element
JP2011225851A JP5226844B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-10-13 Composite element
JP2011225846A JP2012057290A (en) 2009-02-06 2011-10-13 Composite element and manufacturing method thereof
JP2011225838A JP5615786B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-10-13 Method for changing the properties of nonwoven fabrics
JP2011225827A JP5411906B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-10-13 footwear
US13/426,323 US10174447B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,361 US20130069266A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/426,349 US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,290 US20130067639A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/438,535 US9682512B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-04-03 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
JP2013164367A JP5988166B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2013-08-07 Thermoplastic nonwoven fabric composite element
US14/168,687 US9579848B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2014-01-30 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US14/528,491 US9732454B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2014-10-30 Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
JP2015086916A JP2015163746A (en) 2009-02-06 2015-04-21 Composite element and manufacturing method thereof
US14/956,783 US10138582B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2015-12-02 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
JP2016110241A JP2016188457A (en) 2009-02-06 2016-06-01 Footwear including nonwoven fabric element
US15/206,495 US10131091B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2016-07-11 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US16/160,259 US20190078245A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-10-15 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/163,891 US10625472B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-10-18 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US16/386,585 US10982363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-04-17 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/515,361 US10982364B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-07-18 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US18/308,728 US20230265589A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2023-04-28 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/367,274 US20100199406A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-02-06 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements

Related Child Applications (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/579,838 Continuation-In-Part US20100199520A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-10-15 Textured Thermoplastic Non-Woven Elements
US13/045,168 Continuation-In-Part US8850719B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-03-10 Layered thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,361 Division US20130069266A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/426,323 Division US10174447B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,349 Division US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,290 Division US20130067639A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/438,535 Continuation-In-Part US9682512B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-04-03 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US13/482,182 Continuation-In-Part US8906275B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-05-29 Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
US16/515,361 Division US10982364B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-07-18 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100199406A1 true US20100199406A1 (en) 2010-08-12

Family

ID=42539124

Family Applications (10)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/367,274 Abandoned US20100199406A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-02-06 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/426,349 Active 2030-04-12 US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,323 Active US10174447B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,361 Abandoned US20130069266A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/426,290 Abandoned US20130067639A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US14/956,783 Active US10138582B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2015-12-02 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/160,259 Abandoned US20190078245A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-10-15 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/386,585 Active 2029-06-21 US10982363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-04-17 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/515,361 Active 2029-05-19 US10982364B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-07-18 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US18/308,728 Pending US20230265589A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2023-04-28 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements

Family Applications After (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/426,349 Active 2030-04-12 US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,323 Active US10174447B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US13/426,361 Abandoned US20130069266A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US13/426,290 Abandoned US20130067639A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-03-21 Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US14/956,783 Active US10138582B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2015-12-02 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/160,259 Abandoned US20190078245A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-10-15 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/386,585 Active 2029-06-21 US10982363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-04-17 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US16/515,361 Active 2029-05-19 US10982364B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-07-18 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US18/308,728 Pending US20230265589A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2023-04-28 Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (10) US20100199406A1 (en)
EP (8) EP3613584B1 (en)
JP (9) JP5988129B2 (en)
CN (2) CN102292487B (en)
WO (1) WO2010090923A2 (en)

Cited By (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090089911A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Smith Timothy J Comfortable Protective Garments
US20100067198A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2010-03-18 Hong Fu Jin Precision Industry(Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Electronic device with battery fixing assembly
US20100122403A1 (en) * 2005-06-06 2010-05-20 Under Armour, Inc. Garment Having Improved Contact Areas
US20100199520A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Nike, Inc. Textured Thermoplastic Non-Woven Elements
US20100319097A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2010-12-23 Nike, Inc. Apparel Incorporating A Protective Element
US20110277226A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2011-11-17 Nike, Inc. Apparel Incorporating A Protective Element
US20120227282A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-09-13 Nike, Inc. Layered Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
WO2012138488A2 (en) 2011-04-04 2012-10-11 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear having a knit upper with a polymer layer
US20120266492A1 (en) * 2011-04-20 2012-10-25 Keen, Inc. Heat Retention and Insulation System for Wearable Articles
WO2013009568A2 (en) 2011-07-08 2013-01-17 Hurley International, Llc Water shorts
WO2013019934A1 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-02-07 Nike International Ltd. Golf shoe with natural motion structures
US20130055590A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-07 Converse Inc. Article of Footwear Including Upper Having a Mesh Material
US20130260629A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-10-03 Nike, Inc. Methods Of Joining Textiles And Other Elements Incorporating A Thermoplastic Polymer Material
WO2013163311A2 (en) 2012-04-25 2013-10-31 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear with bladder and method of manufacturing the same
WO2013151968A3 (en) * 2012-04-03 2014-01-16 Nike International Ltd. Apparel and other products incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US20140030459A1 (en) * 2011-01-28 2014-01-30 Smarter Planet Llc Hybrid thermoplastic composite components and products
WO2014078161A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
US20140150170A1 (en) * 2010-12-24 2014-06-05 Applied Ft Composite Solutions Inc. Variably-tensed composite cushioning material and method for making the same
US20140230277A1 (en) * 2008-12-18 2014-08-21 Nike, Inc. Article of Footwear Having An Upper Incorporating A Knitted Component
WO2013151987A3 (en) * 2012-04-03 2014-11-20 Nike Innovate C.V. Yarns, threads, and textiles incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
WO2014188272A2 (en) 2013-03-05 2014-11-27 Nike International Ltd. Acid dyeing of polyurethane materials
US8906275B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2014-12-09 Nike, Inc. Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
GB2519509A (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-04-29 John Cotton Group Ltd Insulator pads
US20150113829A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Nike, Inc. Fluid-Filled Chamber With Stitched Tensile Member
US20150157066A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-11 Voll Will Enterprise Co., Ltd. Three-dimensional seamless protective equipment
US20150181950A1 (en) * 2007-06-19 2015-07-02 Sport Maska Inc. Protective garment with separate inner and outer shells
US20150237960A1 (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-08-27 Nike, Inc. Article of Footwear Incorporating a Woven or Non-Woven Textile With Durable Water Repellant Properties
US20150272237A1 (en) * 2014-04-01 2015-10-01 Bereshith ADAMS Protective padded garments
US9149084B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2015-10-06 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element and method for making
US20150298445A1 (en) * 2012-11-26 2015-10-22 Fisi Fibre Sintetiche S.P.A. Method for making a thin padding from stabilized fibers, for clothing articles, quilts and sleeping bags
US9210966B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2015-12-15 Nike, Inc. Decoupled foot stabilizer system
US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2016-01-05 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US20160198798A1 (en) * 2013-08-23 2016-07-14 Shima Seiki Mfg., Ltd. Shoe upper and method for producing shoe upper
WO2016148758A1 (en) 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 Nike Innovate C.V. Portable steaming system for articles of footwear
US9456641B1 (en) * 2011-10-06 2016-10-04 Francesco Mignone Yoga article of clothing and method of use thereof
US20160340813A1 (en) * 2015-05-18 2016-11-24 Nike, Inc. Sock with heel locating features
US20170008220A1 (en) * 2015-07-10 2017-01-12 Area Studio, Llc Method for embossing a fabric product while the product is situated in packaging
WO2017044313A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Nike Innovate C.V. Method of manufacturing article of footwear with graduated projections
WO2017044318A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Nike Innovate C.V. Article off footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
US20170127748A1 (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 Rogers Corporation Multilayer article with improved impact resistance
US9675122B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2017-06-13 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element
US20170227331A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-08-10 Hexonia, GmbH Textile Item of Clothing with Ballistic Protection
WO2017142857A1 (en) * 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Nike Innovate C.V. Weatherized upper for an article of footwear
US9775406B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2017-10-03 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a sole assembly having a bladder element and a guide component and method of manufacturing the article of footwear
US20180125159A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-05-10 Nike, Inc. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
US20180169963A1 (en) * 2015-03-10 2018-06-21 Nike, Inc. Stitchbonded thermoplastic nonwoven textile elements
US10060054B2 (en) 2014-05-09 2018-08-28 The North Face Apparel Corp. Unitary woven fabric construct of multiple zones
US20180255852A1 (en) * 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Under Armour, Inc. Article of apparel
US10143260B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-12-04 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component with durable water repellant properties
WO2019035853A1 (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-02-21 Nike Innovate C.V. Nonwoven textile for footwear with entangled folded edge
US20190069636A1 (en) * 2012-04-13 2019-03-07 Adidas Ag Shoe upper
US20190075862A1 (en) * 2017-09-12 2019-03-14 Christiana Ukoli Protective bottoms for weight training
US10524530B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2020-01-07 Nike, Inc. Upper for an article of footwear with at least one molded thermoplastic polymer element
WO2020146054A1 (en) * 2019-01-07 2020-07-16 All Star C.V. Wearable article and method of manufacturing a wearable article
CN111688243A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-09-22 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Structurally colored articles and methods for making and using same
US10820657B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2020-11-03 Nike, Inc. Outsole of a footwear article, having fin traction elements
CN112203838A (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-01-08 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Multilayer fabric with printed layer
EP3808203A1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2021-04-21 NIKE Innovate C.V. Shoe with heel support
US10993484B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2021-05-04 Nike, Inc. Wetness indicator garment
US20210161243A1 (en) * 2017-05-08 2021-06-03 Tecnica Group S.P.A. Method for the customization of a footwear
US11076659B2 (en) 2009-10-01 2021-08-03 Nike, Inc. Rigid cantilevered stud
US11116275B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2021-09-14 Adidas Ag Shoe
US11129444B1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2021-09-28 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with concealing layer
CN113661278A (en) * 2019-03-27 2021-11-16 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Structurally colored filaments and methods for making and using same
US11192327B2 (en) * 2017-07-03 2021-12-07 Axel Nickel Voluminous meltblown nonwoven fabric with improved stackability and storability
US11206887B1 (en) * 2016-05-16 2021-12-28 Elegant Headwear Co., Inc. Method of forming a raised three-dimensional decorative image on a fabric product and cap made thereby
US11241062B1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-08 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with structural-color concealing layer
US20220132974A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2022-05-05 Adidas Ag Method for manufacturing a shoe upper
US11325345B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2022-05-10 Nike, Inc. Fiber-bound engineered materials formed utilizing carrier screens
US11350577B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2022-06-07 Designlaw Limited Flexible layered sheet
US11457670B2 (en) * 2019-05-15 2022-10-04 Kryptek Outdoor Group, LLC Tactical shirts
CN115341353A (en) * 2022-08-19 2022-11-15 浙江蓝贝工贸有限公司 Preparation process of polyester fabric for reflective vest
US11544488B2 (en) * 2017-12-11 2023-01-03 Suominen Oyj Nonwoven material having encoded information, a method for encoding information on a nonwoven material and a system for using same
US11564443B2 (en) 2019-08-02 2023-01-31 Nike, Inc. Textiles and articles and processes for making the same
US11597996B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2023-03-07 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11612208B2 (en) 2019-07-26 2023-03-28 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11684121B2 (en) * 2020-03-13 2023-06-27 Piana Nonwovens, LLC. Vertically lapped nonwoven in footwear
US11812805B2 (en) 2020-05-27 2023-11-14 Puma SE Article of apparel and related manufacturing methods
US11832681B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2023-12-05 Nike, Inc. Fiber-bound engineered materials formed using engineered scrims
US11889894B2 (en) 2020-08-07 2024-02-06 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having concealing layer
US11925233B2 (en) 2020-07-23 2024-03-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles

Families Citing this family (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9788603B2 (en) * 2007-10-23 2017-10-17 Nike, Inc. Articles and methods of manufacture of articles
US8429835B2 (en) * 2009-10-21 2013-04-30 Nike, Inc. Composite shoe upper and method of making same
US8572866B2 (en) 2009-10-21 2013-11-05 Nike, Inc. Shoe with composite upper and foam element and method of making same
KR101250409B1 (en) 2012-09-26 2013-04-05 (주)아셈스 Adhesive material for decoration
KR101240490B1 (en) * 2012-10-11 2013-03-11 (주)아셈스 Adhesive material
WO2014099895A1 (en) * 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 Atex Technologies, Inc. Medical textile and methods of making the same
US20140250734A1 (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-11 Liqun Zheng Shoes with pressed flowers and methods for making thereof
DE102013207155B4 (en) 2013-04-19 2020-04-23 Adidas Ag Shoe upper
DE102013207163B4 (en) 2013-04-19 2022-09-22 Adidas Ag shoe upper
US11666113B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2023-06-06 Adidas Ag Shoe with knitted outer sole
US20150075031A1 (en) * 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Nike, Inc. Article Of Footwear Incorporating A Knitted Component With Monofilament Areas
JP5766252B2 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-08-19 花王株式会社 Pants-type wearing article and manufacturing method thereof
US20150137409A1 (en) * 2013-11-21 2015-05-21 Hsien-Hsiao Hsieh Method For Forming Textile Article
DE102014202432B4 (en) 2014-02-11 2017-07-27 Adidas Ag Improved football boot
WO2015129555A1 (en) * 2014-02-25 2015-09-03 ダイヤテックス株式会社 Shoe sole, insole of shoe, main sole of shoe, and shoe
KR101851512B1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-04-23 나이키 이노베이트 씨.브이. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component with monofilament areas
CA2960961C (en) * 2014-09-17 2022-11-29 Bastos Viegas, S.A. Surgical swab composed of non-woven fabric and textile polymer net
DE102014220087B4 (en) 2014-10-02 2016-05-12 Adidas Ag Flat knitted shoe top for sports shoes
DE102015202014B4 (en) * 2015-02-05 2020-02-06 Adidas Ag Method and device for producing a shoe and shoe made therewith
DE102015202013B4 (en) 2015-02-05 2019-05-09 Adidas Ag Process for producing a plastic molding, plastic molding and shoe
JP5840808B1 (en) * 2015-04-01 2016-01-06 株式会社オーノ Composite rug and carpet
CN107427101B (en) 2015-04-08 2021-08-17 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Method of manufacturing a bladder element with etched features and article having a bladder element with etched features
EP3280283B1 (en) 2015-04-08 2020-05-06 NIKE Innovate C.V. Article with overlay secured to bladder element over image and method of manufacturing the article
EP3590376B1 (en) 2015-04-08 2022-02-02 Nike Innovate C.V. Article having bladder element with impression
WO2016164549A1 (en) 2015-04-08 2016-10-13 Nike Innovate C.V. Article including a bladder element with an image and method of manufacturing the article
US10182656B2 (en) 2015-04-13 2019-01-22 Steelcase Inc. Seating components with laminated bonding material
DE102015206900B4 (en) * 2015-04-16 2023-07-27 Adidas Ag sports shoe
TWI637702B (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-10-11 耐克創新有限合夥公司 Footwear manufacturing with an origin
KR101634333B1 (en) * 2015-11-27 2016-06-28 (주)아셈스 Method for manufacturing pattern molding using the adhesive material weaved flat knitting jacquard
JP7002829B2 (en) * 2016-04-20 2022-01-20 アディダス アーゲー Sports shoes
EP3504369A4 (en) * 2016-08-26 2020-05-06 Indemnis, Inc. Method of bonding fibers to form a composite structure
DE102016225623B4 (en) 2016-12-20 2023-02-16 Adidas Ag Method for connecting components of a sports shoe and sports shoe thereof and device for carrying out the method
DE112018000611T5 (en) 2017-01-31 2019-12-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Molded fleece
DE112018000615T5 (en) 2017-01-31 2019-12-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Molded fleece
EP3576937B1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2024-01-03 Nike Innovate C.V. Fiber-bound engineered materials formed using element scrims
US11013296B2 (en) 2017-05-08 2021-05-25 Nike, Inc. Modular article of footwear and method of manufacturing customized article of footwear
EP3486706A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-22 Carl Zeiss Microscopy GmbH Functional module and microscope equipped with the same
GB201720514D0 (en) * 2017-12-08 2018-01-24 Mas Innovation (Private) Ltd Product and process
US10874172B2 (en) 2018-04-04 2020-12-29 Adidas Ag Articles of footwear with uppers comprising a wound component and methods of making the same
USD891842S1 (en) 2018-06-04 2020-08-04 Steelcase Inc. Chair arm
USD888479S1 (en) 2018-06-04 2020-06-30 Steelcase Inc. Chair arm
WO2020074109A1 (en) * 2018-10-13 2020-04-16 Puma SE Garment, especially sports garment
KR102258862B1 (en) * 2018-12-31 2021-05-31 김봉석 Transcription method using patterned transfer film for shoe upper and its transfer film
DE102019203267A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 Adidas Ag Form, method and system for processing a thermoplastic textile
US11109641B2 (en) 2019-03-22 2021-09-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having a skin layer between a knitted component and a sole structure
US11564448B2 (en) 2019-05-10 2023-01-31 Converse Inc. Reflective textile
DE102019208275A1 (en) * 2019-06-06 2020-12-10 Adidas Ag Method for providing a nonwoven fabric
CN112335996A (en) 2019-08-06 2021-02-09 株式会社爱世克私 Shoe, shoe manufacturing method, and shoe upper manufacturing method
JP7026084B2 (en) * 2019-08-06 2022-02-25 株式会社アシックス How to make shoes
JP7128160B2 (en) 2019-08-22 2022-08-30 株式会社アシックス Shoes and method of manufacturing shoes
US20210315322A1 (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-10-14 Asics Corporation Shoe and method of manufacturing upper of shoe
US11559106B2 (en) 2019-10-24 2023-01-24 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear and method of manufacturing an article of footwear
US11602196B2 (en) 2020-07-13 2023-03-14 Adidas Ag Articles of footwear comprising a wound component and methods of making the same
CN111996673A (en) * 2020-08-18 2020-11-27 平湖爱之馨环保科技有限公司 High-strength melt-blown fabric and manufacturing method thereof
FR3139024A1 (en) * 2022-08-31 2024-03-01 Faurecia Sièges d'Automobile Method of manufacturing a seat cushion, seat cushion as such, and seat as such

Citations (87)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2536163A (en) * 1947-10-15 1951-01-02 Union Carbide & Carbon Corp Elastic composite fabrics and process for making same
US3375156A (en) * 1963-05-15 1968-03-26 Du Pont Nonwoven fabrics and method for the production thereof
US3439434A (en) * 1967-03-22 1969-04-22 Superga Spa Ski shoe
US3617417A (en) * 1969-04-25 1971-11-02 Kendall & Co Process for forming a bonded nonwoven fabric
US3635625A (en) * 1970-01-12 1972-01-18 Phillips Petroleum Co Apparatus for carving a material sheet
US3790439A (en) * 1971-04-28 1974-02-05 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Printable, heat-bondable sheet material
US3912567A (en) * 1973-05-14 1975-10-14 Kimberly Clark Co Stabilized nonwoven web and method of preparation
US4041203A (en) * 1972-09-06 1977-08-09 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Nonwoven thermoplastic fabric
US4059114A (en) * 1976-05-12 1977-11-22 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Garment shield
US4070217A (en) * 1975-01-16 1978-01-24 The Fiberwoven Corporation Method of making electric blanket shell
US4100319A (en) * 1975-07-14 1978-07-11 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Stabilized nonwoven web
US4107364A (en) * 1975-06-06 1978-08-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Random laid bonded continuous filament cloth
US4205397A (en) * 1978-04-17 1980-06-03 Michele Bechis Bathing drawers
US4265954A (en) * 1978-04-11 1981-05-05 Phillips Petroleum Company Selective-area fusion of non-woven fabrics
US4310373A (en) * 1979-02-17 1982-01-12 Firma Carl Freudenberg Method for heat-sealing textile materials with polyurethane adhesives
US4355489A (en) * 1980-09-15 1982-10-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Abrasive article comprising abrasive agglomerates supported in a fibrous matrix
US4410385A (en) * 1981-01-28 1983-10-18 General Electric Company Method of making a composite article
US4486200A (en) * 1980-09-15 1984-12-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making an abrasive article comprising abrasive agglomerates supported in a fibrous matrix
US4588630A (en) * 1984-06-13 1986-05-13 Chicopee Apertured fusible fabrics
US4621013A (en) * 1983-11-21 1986-11-04 Monsanto Company Thermoformable laminate structure
US4647492A (en) * 1983-06-20 1987-03-03 Firma Carl Freudenberg Textile interlining material having anisotropic properties
US4695501A (en) * 1984-04-10 1987-09-22 Fibre Converters, Inc. Thermoformable composite articles
US4781296A (en) * 1987-05-26 1988-11-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method affording an easy opening device for nonwoven thermoplastic fiber envelopes
US4938817A (en) * 1988-12-30 1990-07-03 Kappler Safety Group Method of forming bonded seams of spunbonded polyolefin fabric and cleanroom garments including such seams
US4980927A (en) * 1988-12-16 1991-01-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Adherent protective collars
US5118550A (en) * 1988-12-13 1992-06-02 Rhone Poulenc Fibres Substrate based on a nonwoven sheet made of chemical textile
US5130178A (en) * 1990-03-14 1992-07-14 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Support web for roofing membranes
US5132160A (en) * 1991-02-21 1992-07-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Component carrier tape
US5150787A (en) * 1991-02-21 1992-09-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Component carrier tape
US5230701A (en) * 1988-05-13 1993-07-27 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Elastomeric adhesive and cohesive materials
US5238733A (en) * 1991-09-30 1993-08-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Stretchable nonwoven webs based on multi-layer blown microfibers
US5255833A (en) * 1992-03-17 1993-10-26 Mcallister Rosalie Transparent carrier
US5282900A (en) * 1992-03-19 1994-02-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface treating articles, system including same, and method of treating calcium carbonate-containing surfaces with said system
US5328758A (en) * 1991-10-11 1994-07-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Particle-loaded nonwoven fibrous article for separations and purifications
US5380580A (en) * 1993-01-07 1995-01-10 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Flexible nonwoven mat
US5423783A (en) * 1991-09-30 1995-06-13 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Ostomy bag with elastic and heat sealable medical tapes
US5458962A (en) * 1993-08-11 1995-10-17 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface treating articles and methods of making and using same
US5470605A (en) * 1993-06-10 1995-11-28 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Universal adhesion promoting composition for plastics repair, kit including same, and method of use
US5478628A (en) * 1992-05-18 1995-12-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Non-woven fluorescent retrorefletive fabric
US5482756A (en) * 1990-03-29 1996-01-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface finishing articles reinforcing with a polymer backing
US5496507A (en) * 1993-08-17 1996-03-05 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of charging electret filter media
US5501794A (en) * 1991-12-31 1996-03-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Wave filter with flexible tensioning members
US5507968A (en) * 1994-12-14 1996-04-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Cleansing articles with controlled detergent release and method for their manufacture
US5573619A (en) * 1991-12-20 1996-11-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making a coated abrasive belt with an endless, seamless backing
US5586563A (en) * 1995-10-23 1996-12-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method for making a surgical drape
US5603747A (en) * 1993-02-02 1997-02-18 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Air filter and method of producing the same
US5624726A (en) * 1995-01-09 1997-04-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Insulation blanket
US5639287A (en) * 1994-05-16 1997-06-17 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Filter system for filtering fluids
US5641563A (en) * 1993-06-02 1997-06-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven articles
US5651853A (en) * 1994-12-02 1997-07-29 P.L.G. Research Limited Mesh structure/fabric laminate
US5655833A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-08-12 Control Alt Design Ltd. Free-standing task lighting fixture
US5682618A (en) * 1995-04-03 1997-11-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Viral resistant seam for protective apparel, and method of manufacturing same
US5744207A (en) * 1993-03-31 1998-04-28 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Articles coated with electrophotographic toner receptive release coatings
US5803086A (en) * 1996-05-16 1998-09-08 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Linerless surgical incise drape
US5858140A (en) * 1994-07-22 1999-01-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface finishing articles reinforced with a polymer backing layer and method of making same
US5858515A (en) * 1995-12-29 1999-01-12 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Pattern-unbonded nonwoven web and process for making the same
US5928070A (en) * 1997-05-30 1999-07-27 Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company Abrasive article comprising mullite
US5939339A (en) * 1992-07-22 1999-08-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Absorbent self adhering elastic bandage
US5981033A (en) * 1997-03-12 1999-11-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Pavement marking tape
US6004642A (en) * 1996-11-08 1999-12-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Internally separable tape laminate
US6004891A (en) * 1996-07-09 1999-12-21 La Chemise Lacoste (S.A.) Composite fabric, in particular for hand luggage or clothes
US6017831A (en) * 1996-05-03 2000-01-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Nonwoven abrasive articles
US6069097A (en) * 1995-01-12 2000-05-30 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Composite elastic material having multistage elongation characteristics and method of manufacturing the same
US6086911A (en) * 1995-12-22 2000-07-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Drug delivery device
US6090234A (en) * 1996-07-15 2000-07-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Elastic laminates and methods for making the same
US6110572A (en) * 1996-05-10 2000-08-29 Johns Marville International, Inc. Base inliner with improved loadbearing reinforcement at low elongation at ambient temperature
US20010051484A1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2001-12-13 Takashi Ishida Laminated structural body having unidirectionally arranged strands sandwiched between two web layers, and method of and apparatus for efficiently manufacturing such laminated structural body
US6395211B1 (en) * 1997-11-14 2002-05-28 Eduard Kusters Maschinenfabrik Gmbh & Co. Kg Method and calender for treating a sheet
US6558784B1 (en) * 1999-03-02 2003-05-06 Adc Composites, Llc Composite footwear upper and method of manufacturing a composite footwear upper
US20030119411A1 (en) * 2000-03-07 2003-06-26 Yukio Yamakawa Nonwoven thermoplastic elastomer fabric roll and method and apparatus for making same
US20030137221A1 (en) * 2002-01-18 2003-07-24 Radziemski Leon J. Force activated, piezoelectric, electricity generation, storage, conditioning and supply apparatus and methods
US6610390B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2003-08-26 First Quality Nonwovens, Inc. Nonwoven with non-symmetrical bonding configuration
US20030162458A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2003-08-28 Chisso Corporation Elastic long-fiber non-woven fabric, and fabric product using the same
US20040118018A1 (en) * 2002-12-18 2004-06-24 Bhupesh Dua Footwear incorporating a textile with fusible filaments and fibers
US20040224596A1 (en) * 2003-05-09 2004-11-11 Mathis Michael P. Nonwoven breathable composite barrier fabric
US20040241399A1 (en) * 2003-03-21 2004-12-02 Marmon Samuel E. Pattern bonded nonwoven fabrics
US20050193592A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2005-09-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having a textile upper
US20060009106A1 (en) * 2004-05-20 2006-01-12 Daiwbo Co., Ltd. Wiping sheet
US20060223403A1 (en) * 2005-04-05 2006-10-05 Asif Mahboob Three Layer Thermoplastic Synthetic Leather Product and Macufacture Thereof
US20060276095A1 (en) * 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear of nonwoven material and method of manufacturing same
US20070129524A1 (en) * 2005-12-06 2007-06-07 Sunkara Hari B Thermoplastic polyurethanes comprising polytrimethylene ether soft segments
US20070298671A1 (en) * 2006-06-23 2007-12-27 Uni-Charm Corporation Nonwoven fabric
US20090277041A1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2009-11-12 Baffin Inc. Three-piece footwear
US20100035963A1 (en) * 2005-09-09 2010-02-11 Ayelet Chajut Oligoribonucleotides and Methods of use Thereof for Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
US20100186874A1 (en) * 2007-07-30 2010-07-29 Puma Aktiengesellschaft Rudolf Dassler Sport Method for the production of an upper shoe part
US20120227282A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-09-13 Nike, Inc. Layered Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US20130067639A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-03-21 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements

Family Cites Families (359)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US610390A (en) 1898-09-06 Jacob felbel
US236323A (en) 1881-01-04 Gaiter
US1077556A (en) 1912-10-17 1913-11-04 Charles H Pease Combined broiler and oven.
US2440393A (en) 1944-08-18 1948-04-27 Frank W Clark Process of making last-fitting fabric uppers
US2763759A (en) * 1953-04-14 1956-09-18 Shibata Gomu Kogyo Kabushiki K Apparatus for electrically perforating polymer sheet material
US3249129A (en) 1960-07-08 1966-05-03 Johnson & Johnson Heat-sealable materials
US3415919A (en) 1965-07-02 1968-12-10 Delta Rope & Twine Ltd Method and apparatus for making twine
GB1296202A (en) 1968-09-24 1972-11-15
US3734813A (en) 1969-01-25 1973-05-22 G Pohl High frequency-weldable material
US3616170A (en) * 1969-08-05 1971-10-26 Addison W Closson Jr Foamed sheet for making stiffening elements
FR2071418A5 (en) 1969-12-29 1971-09-17 Dessailly Rene
US3870592A (en) 1970-02-27 1975-03-11 Kimberly Clark Co Laminates containing outer plies of continuous filament webs
BE766310A (en) * 1970-04-30 1971-09-16 Schroers Co Textilausruest METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MAKING DRAWING PATTERNS ON THE UPPER FACE OF A THREE-DIMENSIONAL FLAT TEXTILE STRUCTURE
DE2109143A1 (en) * 1971-02-26 1972-10-12 Textilausrustungs Gesellschaft Schroers & Co, 4150 Krefeld Designs on three-dimensional textiles
US3785915A (en) 1970-08-24 1974-01-15 A Closson Shoe lining and counter stiffener
US3681826A (en) 1970-10-05 1972-08-08 Ici Ltd Drawing synthetic thermoplastic yarn
JPS529025Y2 (en) 1971-02-01 1977-02-25
FR2143273B3 (en) * 1971-06-25 1975-08-08 Snia Viscosa
DE2250584A1 (en) 1971-10-11 1973-04-19 Asahi Chemical Ind MULTIFIL YARN
GB1411401A (en) 1972-05-13 1975-10-22 Clark Sons Ltd William Waistband assembly for use with articles of clothing
JPS5321119B2 (en) 1973-03-20 1978-06-30
JPS5226844B2 (en) 1972-07-03 1977-07-16
IT990148B (en) * 1972-09-21 1975-06-20 Olivier Guille Et Fils Sa Ets HEAD OF CLOTHING AND RELATED PROCE DIMENT OF PRODUCTION
US3849225A (en) * 1973-01-10 1974-11-19 Kleen Test Prod Inc Method of forming an applicator construction
JPS5411906B2 (en) 1973-07-31 1979-05-18
DE2424877C2 (en) * 1974-05-22 1983-01-13 Fa. Carl Freudenberg, 6940 Weinheim Process for the production of a multilayer, textile fabric
JPS5321119A (en) 1976-08-09 1978-02-27 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Preparation of azodicarbonamide
US4055699A (en) 1976-12-02 1977-10-25 Scholl, Inc. Cold insulating insole
US4168606A (en) 1977-05-31 1979-09-25 The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Process for forming string
JPS54151523A (en) 1978-05-11 1979-11-28 Tsurumi Soda Kk Etching monitoring device
US4228641A (en) 1978-09-28 1980-10-21 Exxon Research & Engineering Co. Thermoplastic twines
JPS61655Y2 (en) 1980-03-13 1986-01-10
JPS5813771A (en) * 1981-07-16 1983-01-26 平岡織染株式会社 Connecting of fabric having easily fraying cut end
FI60892C (en) 1981-01-15 1982-04-13 Tampereen Verkatehdas Oy STRAIGHTENING SAMMANSATT TERMOPLASTISKT FIBERYG SAMT FOERFARANDE FOER DESS FRAMSTAELLNING
ZA82486B (en) 1981-02-04 1982-12-29 Coats Ltd J & P Synthetic yarn and yarn-like structures and a method and apparatus for their production
US4615188A (en) 1981-02-13 1986-10-07 Foster-Boyd, Inc. Two-ply athletic sock
JPS6052237B2 (en) 1981-03-24 1985-11-18 ロンシール工業株式会社 Non-woven fabric with corner pattern
GB2102036B (en) 1981-07-01 1984-12-05 Rolls Royce Method of manufacturing composite materials
JPS58136878A (en) 1982-02-03 1983-08-15 日本バイリーン株式会社 Production of adhesive core fabric
IT1157266B (en) * 1982-02-12 1987-02-11 Tecnasfalti Spa SHEET MATERIAL OF EXPANDED PLASTIC MATERIAL, PARTICULARLY CLOSED CELL EXPANDED POLYETHYLENE IRRADIATED, WITH SURFACES SUITABLE FOR THE APPLICATION OF NORMAL UPHOLSTERY PAINTS, PAINTS AND PLASTERS; AND PROCEDURE TO OBTAIN IT
JPS6052237A (en) 1983-08-31 1985-03-25 Toshiba Corp Spinning machine
US4576852A (en) 1983-10-18 1986-03-18 Phillips Petroleum Company Fusion of thermoplastic fabrics
JPS6124634A (en) * 1984-07-13 1986-02-03 Kotobukiya Furonte Kk Felt for automobile
JPS61111993A (en) 1984-11-07 1986-05-30 Hitachi Ltd Molecular beam epitaxial device
JPH0318546Y2 (en) 1984-12-27 1991-04-18
US4660228A (en) * 1985-06-08 1987-04-28 Kanebo, Ltd. Glove
US4654099A (en) 1985-09-06 1987-03-31 The Vollrath Company Method of production of a non-skid laminated sheet
CN1005023B (en) * 1985-09-13 1989-08-23 可乐丽股份有限公司 Vulcanized rubber article and the process for production thereof
US5324277A (en) 1985-09-13 1994-06-28 Colgate-Palmolive Company Diaper provided with an improved elastic fitting
US4741941A (en) 1985-11-04 1988-05-03 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Nonwoven web with projections
US4747901A (en) 1985-12-10 1988-05-31 Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Process for making a stress-free embossed and ornament surface covering
JPS62194030A (en) 1986-02-15 1987-08-26 Hiroshi Sugiura Flexible coupling
JPS62203211A (en) 1986-03-03 1987-09-07 Toshiba Corp Constant current power source
JPS62203212A (en) 1986-03-04 1987-09-07 Yamaha Motor Co Ltd Operation lever unit for car
JPH0356358Y2 (en) * 1986-05-30 1991-12-18
JPS62203211U (en) * 1986-06-13 1987-12-25
JPS62203212U (en) * 1986-06-13 1987-12-25
US4777080A (en) 1986-10-15 1988-10-11 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Elastic abrasion resistant laminate
DE3643820A1 (en) * 1986-12-20 1988-06-30 Kloeckner Ferromatik Desma SHOE WITH OUTSOLE, SIDE SOLE EDGE AND A MIDSOLE, AND METHOD AND MOLDING STATION FOR ITS PRODUCTION
US4755242A (en) 1987-02-17 1988-07-05 Golden Needle Knitting & Glove Co., Inc. Method and apparatus for binding edges of woven, non woven and knitted articles
JPS63282352A (en) 1987-05-08 1988-11-18 積水化学工業株式会社 Production of thermoplastic resin mat
JP2623330B2 (en) 1987-06-10 1997-06-25 鐘紡株式会社 Laterally stretchable fabric and method for producing the same
JPH0710535B2 (en) * 1987-08-20 1995-02-08 三井石油化学工業株式会社 Two-layer foam molded article manufacturing method
FR2626162B1 (en) * 1988-01-27 1991-07-12 Spontex Sa ABRASIVE PAD, STEEL WOOL SUBSTITUTE, AND / OR RECURRING, AND PROCESS FOR OBTAINING SAME
EP0327402A3 (en) * 1988-02-05 1990-10-10 Tonen Chemical Corporation Gas-permeable, waterproof composite sheet
JPH0213026A (en) 1988-06-29 1990-01-17 Nec Corp System for controlling radio channel
JPH0257993A (en) 1988-08-23 1990-02-27 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Radar target detecting apparatus
JPH0664528B2 (en) 1988-08-31 1994-08-22 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Image interface device
JPH0522792Y2 (en) 1988-09-30 1993-06-11
JPH0266623U (en) 1988-10-31 1990-05-21
JPH02130206A (en) 1988-11-07 1990-05-18 Aisan Ind Co Ltd Cooling device for exhaust valve
US4863785A (en) * 1988-11-18 1989-09-05 The James River Corporation Nonwoven continuously-bonded trilaminate
US4851283A (en) * 1988-12-05 1989-07-25 Monsanto Company Headliners having improved sound-absorbing characteristics
US5106678A (en) 1989-03-06 1992-04-21 General Motors Corporation Elastomeric filament and its woven fabric
JPH0318552Y2 (en) * 1989-03-24 1991-04-18
JPH0642482Y2 (en) * 1989-04-04 1994-11-09 株式会社大裕商事 Insole and insole material for shoes
JPH0688353B2 (en) 1989-04-26 1994-11-09 東洋クロス株式会社 A method of manufacturing foam pad
JPH054291Y2 (en) 1989-07-27 1993-02-02
JP2751451B2 (en) 1989-08-30 1998-05-18 三井化学株式会社 Laminated nonwoven sheet
US5003902A (en) 1989-10-13 1991-04-02 Superior Surgical Manufacturing Co. Inc. Seam having liquid proof threads stichably securing first and second liquid proof materials foldably enclosing a meltable adhesive polymer film and method of manufacture of same
JP2865342B2 (en) 1989-12-28 1999-03-08 東洋化学株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive tape and wound surface protection material
JP2724015B2 (en) 1990-01-26 1998-03-09 鐘紡株式会社 Household clothing
JPH04108152A (en) 1990-08-23 1992-04-09 Toyobo Co Ltd Leather-like nonwoven cloth and production thereof
JP2711257B2 (en) 1990-12-10 1998-02-10 鐘紡株式会社 Method for producing polyurethane elastic fiber nonwoven fabric
JP2556804Y2 (en) 1991-02-28 1997-12-08 株式会社ガスター Combustion equipment
JPH054291A (en) * 1991-06-27 1993-01-14 Teijin Ltd Manufacture of foamable-thermally-expandable web
JPH0522792A (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-29 Kuraray Co Ltd Supporter for speaker diaphragm
JP2885253B2 (en) 1991-07-25 1999-04-19 戸田工業株式会社 Method of producing spindle-shaped goethite particles
US5203939A (en) 1991-08-05 1993-04-20 Coats Viyella, Plc Process for production of internally bonded sewing threads
JP3200885B2 (en) 1991-10-21 2001-08-20 株式会社日立製作所 Battery-compatible electric vehicle controller
US6406577B1 (en) 1991-12-20 2002-06-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of making abrasive belt with an endless, seamless backing
US6406576B1 (en) 1991-12-20 2002-06-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of making coated abrasive belt with an endless, seamless backing
JP3225570B2 (en) * 1992-01-24 2001-11-05 東レ株式会社 Reinforced foam and method for producing the same
EP0624125B1 (en) 1992-01-31 1999-06-09 Ogden Inc. Slip-resistant, sheet material
ES2088087T3 (en) * 1992-03-06 1996-08-01 Sommer Sa ENJOYED TEXTILE PRODUCT, PREPARATION PROCEDURE FOR THIS AND DEVICES FOR THIS PURPOSE.
US6251154B1 (en) 1992-05-06 2001-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Dust bag and method of production
JP3224421B2 (en) 1992-06-12 2001-10-29 シチズン時計株式会社 Alignment mark
JPH0616426U (en) 1992-07-28 1994-03-04 日本バイリーン株式会社 Cotton
JPH06126754A (en) * 1992-10-14 1994-05-10 Suzuki Sogyo Co Ltd Method for manufacturing embossed sheet
US5370764A (en) 1992-11-06 1994-12-06 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Apparatus for making film laminated material
FR2698384B1 (en) 1992-11-20 1995-02-10 Peaudouce Multilayer nonwoven material and absorbent hygiene article comprising such material.
US5698358A (en) * 1992-11-27 1997-12-16 Xerox Corporation Process for fabricating a belt with a seam having a curvilinear S shaped profile
US5306275A (en) 1992-12-31 1994-04-26 Bryan Donald W Lumbar spine fixation apparatus and method
US5298694A (en) 1993-01-21 1994-03-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Acoustical insulating web
JP3061507B2 (en) 1993-03-24 2000-07-10 三井化学株式会社 Surface sheet for body fluid absorbent article, method for producing the same, and apparatus for producing the same
US5420794A (en) 1993-06-30 1995-05-30 James; Robert D. Automated highway system for controlling the operating parameters of a vehicle
JPH0776052A (en) * 1993-09-08 1995-03-20 Toray Ind Inc Laminated structure and interior material
JPH07157957A (en) 1993-10-14 1995-06-20 Kanebo Ltd Production of antimicrobial nonwoven fabric comprising polyurethane elastic filament
US5470424A (en) * 1993-11-30 1995-11-28 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Process for forming liquid impermeable sheet material having a fibrous surface and products formed thereby
JP3241517B2 (en) * 1993-12-28 2001-12-25 日本バイリーン株式会社 Composite nonwoven fabric and interlining using the same
JP3100300B2 (en) * 1994-01-18 2000-10-16 株式会社日本吸収体技術研究所 Composite elastic body having multi-stage elongation characteristics and method for producing the same
JPH07292504A (en) 1994-04-19 1995-11-07 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Cup for swimming suit
JPH08301A (en) * 1994-06-23 1996-01-09 Asahi Corp Running shoe
JPH08104164A (en) 1994-10-06 1996-04-23 Kanebo Ltd Sound insulating structure body
JP3016014U (en) * 1994-11-21 1995-09-26 美津濃株式会社 Sports shoes and reinforcement members for sports shoes
JPH08296161A (en) 1995-04-25 1996-11-12 Kanebo Ltd Non-woven fabric for interior material and its production
US5598358A (en) 1995-05-24 1997-01-28 Hunter Engineering Company Apparatus and method for calibrating vehicle wheel alignment instruments
JPH08323903A (en) 1995-05-29 1996-12-10 Kanebo Ltd Interior material for car and production thereof
IT1279306B1 (en) * 1995-05-30 1997-12-09 Nordica Spa PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A FOOTWEAR AND FOOTWEAR OBTAINED WITH THE SAID PROCEDURE
JP3191908B2 (en) * 1995-06-28 2001-07-23 日本バイリーン株式会社 Composite nonwoven fabric and interlining using the same
CA2226485C (en) 1995-07-10 2002-09-10 Japan Absorbent Technology Institute Porous composite sheet and process for the production thereof
JPH0958200A (en) 1995-08-30 1997-03-04 Nippon Gazai Kogyo Kk Canvass of nonwoven fabric
JPH0965907A (en) * 1995-09-01 1997-03-11 Shiro Ono Foot cover for mule and method of making the same
JP4068171B2 (en) * 1995-11-21 2008-03-26 チッソ株式会社 Laminated nonwoven fabric and method for producing the same
DE29602475U1 (en) 1996-02-13 1996-04-18 Spielau Paul Dipl Chem Dr Diffusion-open roofing membrane
JP3481766B2 (en) 1996-03-29 2003-12-22 株式会社クラレ Laminated body and method for manufacturing the same
JPH09275293A (en) * 1996-04-02 1997-10-21 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Assembly of carbon fiber bundle
JP2766474B2 (en) * 1996-04-23 1998-06-18 鐘紡株式会社 Polyurethane elastic fiber non-woven fabric
JPH1077566A (en) * 1996-07-11 1998-03-24 Uni Charm Corp Nonwoven fabric and its production
JP3071147B2 (en) 1996-08-30 2000-07-31 株式会社島精機製作所 How to knit a garment with a collar
JPH10273868A (en) * 1997-01-30 1998-10-13 Kuraray Co Ltd Moisture-permeable, stretchable sheet member of improved strength
JPH10245760A (en) 1997-03-03 1998-09-14 Kanebo Ltd Gugged nonwoven fabric and its production
JP3710278B2 (en) * 1997-03-26 2005-10-26 三井化学株式会社 Oil adsorbent
JPH10280267A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-20 Mitsui Chem Inc Flexible spun-bonded nonwoven fabric
JPH10292271A (en) 1997-04-11 1998-11-04 Kiyokukou Shoji Kk Synthetic leather and its production
JP3016014B2 (en) 1997-06-20 2000-03-06 日本木材ベンチャ.ビジネス株式会社 Construction method for water and underwater buildings
JP3992204B2 (en) * 1997-06-30 2007-10-17 株式会社たいへい Manufacturing method of two-layer felt
JPH1161616A (en) 1997-08-27 1999-03-05 Kanebo Ltd Sound insulating laminated material and double-wall sound insulating structural material containing the same
JPH1190836A (en) 1997-09-16 1999-04-06 Kanebo Ltd Abrasive cloth
JPH1121751A (en) * 1997-09-19 1999-01-26 Hookii Giken:Kk Nonwoven fabric
US5888157A (en) 1997-10-03 1999-03-30 Wilson Sporting Goods Co. Football
ATE546577T1 (en) 1998-01-28 2012-03-15 Kb Seiren Ltd STRETCHABLE ADHESIVE NON-WOVEN FABRIC AND LAMINATE
JP2984991B2 (en) 1998-01-28 1999-11-29 日商岩井株式会社 Interior materials
JP4200571B2 (en) * 1998-03-10 2008-12-24 チッソ株式会社 Non-woven laminate sheet
JP3854997B2 (en) 1998-05-11 2006-12-06 Kbセーレン株式会社 Decorative sheet
CN2354400Y (en) * 1998-06-25 1999-12-22 赵添旺 Environment protecting mules with air cushion
EP1666241A2 (en) * 1998-08-10 2006-06-07 Hunt Technology Limited Improvements relating to methods of thermal lamination
US6123752A (en) 1998-09-03 2000-09-26 3M Innovative Properties Company High efficiency synthetic filter medium
US6251331B1 (en) 1998-09-09 2001-06-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Process and apparatus for making papermaking belt using fluid pressure differential
CA2341164A1 (en) 1998-09-14 2000-03-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Extraction articles and methods
AU1309400A (en) 1998-10-02 2000-04-26 Procter & Gamble Company, The Elastic laminates and disposable garment employing the same
DE69905059T2 (en) 1998-10-02 2003-11-20 3M Innovative Properties Co ELASTIC COMPOSITES
EP1117468B1 (en) 1998-10-05 2003-03-19 Cuno Incorporated Filter and method of filtering a fluid
JP2002528151A (en) * 1998-10-28 2002-09-03 ダブリュ.エル.ゴア アンド アソシエーツ,ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Sealed shoes and method of manufacturing sealed shoes
AU765826B2 (en) 1999-01-07 2003-10-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Pleated filter element and method of forming a pleated filter element
DE19902762C2 (en) * 1999-01-25 2002-02-28 Freudenberg Carl Kg Velcro connection for flat structures and method for its production
US6537935B1 (en) 1999-01-29 2003-03-25 3M Innovative Properties Company High strength nonwoven fabric and process for making
JP3255615B2 (en) * 1999-02-24 2002-02-12 カネボウ株式会社 Polyurethane elastic fiber nonwoven fabric, method for producing the same, and synthetic leather using the polyurethane elastic fiber nonwoven fabric
JP4258689B2 (en) * 1999-02-26 2009-04-30 三菱電機株式会社 Buffer material and manufacturing method thereof
US6391807B1 (en) 1999-09-24 2002-05-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Polymer composition containing a fluorochemical oligomer
US6288157B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2001-09-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkylated fluorochemical oligomers and use thereof
US6332465B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2001-12-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Face masks having an elastic and polyolefin thermoplastic band attached thereto by heat and pressure
US20020090875A1 (en) 1999-06-18 2002-07-11 Vincent P. Lasko Unitized cover and absorbent transfer layer
EP1068889A1 (en) 1999-07-16 2001-01-17 3M Innovative Properties Company High efficiency medical breathing system filter based on a filtration medium of a nonwoven web of thermoplastic resin fibers
JP2001058002A (en) * 1999-08-23 2001-03-06 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Deodorant sheet and recordable deodorant sheet
DE29911710U1 (en) 1999-08-27 1999-12-09 Prickartz Walter Cape hand bag
GB2354649A (en) 1999-09-22 2001-03-28 Cadence Design Systems Inc Method and apparatus for generating a modulated radio frequency output signal
US6174964B1 (en) 1999-09-24 2001-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Fluorochemical oligomer and use thereof
JP2001181905A (en) 1999-10-13 2001-07-03 Kanebo Ltd Leg product
AU2087301A (en) 1999-12-10 2001-06-18 Innovent Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling flow in a drum
JP4954412B2 (en) * 1999-12-21 2012-06-13 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Laminated web having a perforated layer and method for producing the same
WO2001045927A1 (en) * 1999-12-22 2001-06-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Elastic laminate including elastomeric scrim and fibrous layer bonded thereto and method for making the same
US7311880B2 (en) 1999-12-23 2007-12-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Well-less filtration device
JP3884601B2 (en) 1999-12-24 2007-02-21 日本バイリーン株式会社 Wallpaper substrate and wallpaper
MXPA02009090A (en) 2000-03-13 2004-08-12 L & P Property Management Co Method for forming fire combustion modified batt.
US6719744B2 (en) 2000-03-15 2004-04-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Elastic closure tape tab for disposable absorbent articles such as diapers
JP2001315268A (en) 2000-05-09 2001-11-13 Uni Charm Corp Gas permeable and liquid impermeable composite sheet
US6537930B1 (en) * 2000-05-18 2003-03-25 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Three-dimensional highly elastic film/non-woven composite
US6551152B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2003-04-22 Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Jet-propulsive watercraft
JP2002011789A (en) 2000-06-27 2002-01-15 Shiga Shokusan Kk Fabricated of nonwoven fabric and manufacturing method therefor
US6985774B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2006-01-10 Cvrx, Inc. Stimulus regimens for cardiovascular reflex control
US7066182B1 (en) 2000-09-27 2006-06-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Conformable adhesive wound closures
US7255816B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2007-08-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of recycling bonded fibrous materials and synthetic fibers and fiber-like materials produced thereof
JP2002234547A (en) * 2000-12-05 2002-08-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Double packaging bag
US20020095127A1 (en) * 2000-12-28 2002-07-18 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Controlled delamination of laminate structures having enclosed discrete regions of a material
WO2002054894A1 (en) * 2001-01-09 2002-07-18 Create Suzuki Co., Ltd. Brassiere cup and clothing
US20020150610A1 (en) 2001-02-09 2002-10-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Cosmetic sheet product
US6645611B2 (en) 2001-02-09 2003-11-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Dispensable oil absorbing skin wipes
US20020137418A1 (en) 2001-03-23 2002-09-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Fluid management composite
US6769202B1 (en) 2001-03-26 2004-08-03 Kaj Gyr Shoe and sole unit therefor
JP4711033B2 (en) 2001-04-20 2011-06-29 東レ株式会社 Nonwoven fabric suitable for rugs
DE10127514A1 (en) 2001-06-06 2003-01-30 Hartmann Paul Ag Composite nonwoven material and process for its production
US20030091617A1 (en) 2001-06-07 2003-05-15 Mrozinski James S. Gel-coated oil absorbing skin wipes
EP1424975A1 (en) * 2001-07-18 2004-06-09 Polymer Group, Inc. Non-woven elastic laminate
US20030041953A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-06 Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. Method of making a bonded nonwoven web
JP3859058B2 (en) 2001-10-12 2006-12-20 東洋紡績株式会社 Bug filter
US6875710B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2005-04-05 3M Innovative Properties Company Composite webs with reinforcing polymeric regions and elastic polymeric regions
US6942894B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2005-09-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods for producing composite webs with reinforcing discrete polymeric regions
US6773718B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2004-08-10 3M Innovative Properties Company Oil absorbent wipe with rapid visual indication
US7131218B2 (en) 2004-02-23 2006-11-07 Nike, Inc. Fluid-filled bladder incorporating a foam tensile member
US7078089B2 (en) * 2001-12-28 2006-07-18 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Low-cost elastic laminate material
DE10163999A1 (en) 2001-12-28 2003-07-17 Roland Jungkind Sports shoe with studs
EP1329548A1 (en) 2002-01-21 2003-07-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of treatment of a textile or non-woven substrate to render same water and oil repellent
JP2003227060A (en) * 2002-02-06 2003-08-15 Maeda Kosen Co Ltd Reinforcing fiber sheet
SG128436A1 (en) * 2002-02-08 2007-01-30 Kuraray Co Nonwoven fabric for wiper
KR20040081787A (en) 2002-02-13 2004-09-22 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 Filter device, method of manufacturing the same and method of replacing a filter device
JP3625804B2 (en) * 2002-02-25 2005-03-02 花王株式会社 Three-dimensional sheet material
US20030171051A1 (en) 2002-03-08 2003-09-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Wipe
US20030226280A1 (en) * 2002-04-12 2003-12-11 Paratore Stephen L. Textile-soled footwear
CN1451330A (en) * 2002-04-16 2003-10-29 王耀亿 Method for making disposable environmentally friendly recoverable slippers
JP3988074B2 (en) 2002-04-18 2007-10-10 株式会社ハシモト Moss
US6942683B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2005-09-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound closure system and method
PT1507910E (en) 2002-05-29 2006-08-31 C Gex Systems C Gex S A R L METHOD AND MACHINE FOR THE REALIZATION OF A SEAMLESS SEAMLESS SEAMLESS SEAT
US6880211B2 (en) 2002-06-13 2005-04-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Macro closure device for disposable articles
US7015155B2 (en) * 2002-07-02 2006-03-21 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Elastomeric adhesive
US7168190B1 (en) 2002-07-18 2007-01-30 Reebok International Ltd. Collapsible shoe
US20040050506A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2004-03-18 Gerd Haiber Decorative hanging fabric panels with integrated stiffend areas
JP2004076445A (en) 2002-08-20 2004-03-11 Unitika Ltd Floor buffer material
US6715188B1 (en) 2002-09-24 2004-04-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Hinged tab for slot and tab closure systems
CN100371513C (en) 2002-09-25 2008-02-27 花王株式会社 Bulking recovering method of non-woven fabric
AU2003275175A1 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Filterement including filtration media with multi-layer pleat support
JP3093555U (en) * 2002-10-21 2003-05-16 粧美堂株式会社 3D molded fabric
US7028418B1 (en) * 2002-10-28 2006-04-18 Arca Industrial Corp Integrated and hybrid sole construction for footwear
DE10252295A1 (en) 2002-11-11 2004-06-09 MöllerTech GmbH Protective fleece for components
JP2004192182A (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-07-08 Abilit Corp Medal processor and slot machine
US7994079B2 (en) 2002-12-17 2011-08-09 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Meltblown scrubbing product
AU2003286953A1 (en) 2002-12-21 2004-07-14 Yeun Kwon Seo Method for making flexible automobile interior material and sheet for the construction and its product made therefrom
DE10300012A1 (en) * 2003-01-02 2004-07-22 W.L. Gore & Associates Gmbh Waterproof footwear with an elastic connecting band
JP2004211258A (en) * 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Kuraray Co Ltd Leather-like sheet for designing
WO2004063442A1 (en) 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Solotex Corporation Sewing thread and sewn fabric product
JP4332627B2 (en) * 2003-01-24 2009-09-16 三井化学株式会社 Mixed fiber, stretchable nonwoven fabric comprising the mixed fiber, and method for producing the same
TWI312820B (en) * 2003-01-24 2009-08-01 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Fiber mixture, strech nonwoven fabric comprising the same, and production method for the stretch nonwoven fabric
WO2004071224A2 (en) 2003-02-05 2004-08-26 Brown Shoe Company Inc. Shoe sole and method
US7238314B2 (en) 2003-03-13 2007-07-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Polymer transfer apparatus, methods, and composite webs
JP4607864B2 (en) 2003-03-13 2011-01-05 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Composite web and sealing system
US20040181972A1 (en) * 2003-03-19 2004-09-23 Julius Csorba Mechanism of tying of shoes circumferentially embracing the foot within the shoe
US6960216B2 (en) 2003-03-21 2005-11-01 Depuy Acromed, Inc. Modular drill guide
JP2004306149A (en) 2003-04-02 2004-11-04 Kanebo Ltd Polishing cloth and manufacturing method therefor
US20040216329A1 (en) 2003-05-02 2004-11-04 Joyce Evans One piece sandal
EP1714566A3 (en) 2003-06-27 2007-09-05 W.L.Gore & Associates Gmbh Microseam
JP2005029907A (en) 2003-07-08 2005-02-03 Kanebo Ltd Stretchable nonwoven fabric, method for producing the same and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet using the same
US7000335B2 (en) 2003-07-16 2006-02-21 Nike, Inc. Footwear with a sole structure incorporating a lobed fluid-filled chamber
US7147904B1 (en) 2003-08-05 2006-12-12 Evelyn Florence, Llc Expandable tubular fabric
EP1520569B1 (en) * 2003-10-02 2010-07-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with elastomeric material
JP2007507323A (en) * 2003-10-10 2007-03-29 スキン シューズ エルエルシー Modular shoe system
US7076891B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2006-07-18 Nike, Inc. Flexible fluid-filled bladder for an article of footwear
WO2005052235A1 (en) 2003-11-25 2005-06-09 Tytex A/S A soft, cushioning ans stiffening spacer fabric
US7303805B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-12-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Loop fabric
US7562469B2 (en) * 2003-12-23 2009-07-21 Nike, Inc. Footwear with fluid-filled bladder and a reinforcing structure
EP1733637B1 (en) * 2003-12-23 2011-10-26 NIKE International Ltd. Fluid-filled bladder with a reinforcing structure
US7086179B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2006-08-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having a fluid-filled bladder with a reinforcing structure
US7169202B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2007-01-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Filter assembly
JP4398716B2 (en) * 2003-12-24 2010-01-13 呉羽テック株式会社 Highly stretchable nonwoven fabric provided with a clear embossed pattern and method for producing the same
US7150774B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2006-12-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Self-spacing pleated filter insert
JP2004150008A (en) 2004-01-23 2004-05-27 Kanebo Ltd Thermoplastic elastomer nonwoven fabric roll, method and apparatus for producing the same
JP2005212055A (en) 2004-01-30 2005-08-11 Kanebo Ltd Polishing cloth for nonwoven fabric base, and its fablication method
US20050188907A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 American & Efird, Inc. Sewing method to increase seam strength
JP2005245542A (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-15 Daiwabo Co Ltd Wiper
US20050208857A1 (en) 2004-03-19 2005-09-22 Nike, Inc. Article of apparel incorporating a modifiable textile structure
US20050217226A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-10-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Pleated aligned web filter
US7393371B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2008-07-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Nonwoven abrasive articles and methods
JP2005319539A (en) 2004-05-10 2005-11-17 Three M Innovative Properties Co Non-woven abrasive cloth
US8601612B2 (en) 2004-05-14 2013-12-10 Nike, Inc. Overlapping element
DE102004030914A1 (en) 2004-06-25 2006-01-19 Trocellen Gmbh Electroconductive laminates especially for use in footwear insoles have the carbon-containing fibers in the lower fleece melted onto the foam intermediate layer and electrically contacted with the upper fleece
WO2006006454A1 (en) 2004-07-14 2006-01-19 Teijin Fibers Limited Inner material of shoes, insoles and boots
ATE555676T1 (en) 2004-07-29 2012-05-15 Salomon Sas METHOD FOR ASSEMBLY OF FABRIC PANELS AND PRODUCT AVAILABLE USING THIS METHOD
FR2873545B1 (en) * 2004-07-29 2007-09-28 Salomon Sa SPORTSWEAR
US20060036230A1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-16 Mills Michael W Shaped frontal patch
US7793434B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2010-09-14 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper with a structured intermediate layer
US7230043B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2007-06-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydrophilic polymer composition
GB0420054D0 (en) 2004-09-09 2004-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Co Floor cleaning pads and preparation thereof
US7293371B2 (en) 2004-09-22 2007-11-13 Nike, Inc. Woven shoe with integral lace loops
US20060081329A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2006-04-20 Yuzo Kikuchi Method of processing woven/knitted fabric and the like composed of thermal fusion bonding yarns
JP4804118B2 (en) * 2004-12-17 2011-11-02 ダイワボウホールディングス株式会社 Laminated sheet and method for producing the same
WO2006074116A1 (en) 2005-01-03 2006-07-13 3M Innovative Properties Company An elastic laminate material, and method of making
JP4674797B2 (en) * 2005-01-14 2011-04-20 株式会社アサヒコーポレーション Reusable injection-molded shoes and method for manufacturing the shoes
JP2006223403A (en) 2005-02-15 2006-08-31 Takashi Mukai Rod for hair curling, heating unit and production method of heating unit
WO2006096486A2 (en) 2005-03-07 2006-09-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Vehicle passenger compartment air filter devices
MX2007010904A (en) 2005-03-10 2007-12-05 3M Innovative Properties Co Antimicrobial pet wipes and methods.
JP2006274453A (en) 2005-03-28 2006-10-12 Kb Seiren Ltd Nonwoven fabric having temperature-adjusting function and method for producing the same
JP4854214B2 (en) * 2005-04-15 2012-01-18 旭化成せんい株式会社 Water absorbent non-woven laminate
WO2006115831A1 (en) 2005-04-22 2006-11-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Vehicle passenger compartment air filter devices
US7547732B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2009-06-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Compositions of fluorochemical surfactants
US20070049148A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Chien Hung K Thermoplastic complex yarn with thermoforming function and thermoplastic fabric therewith
US20070049153A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Dunbar Charlene H Textured wiper material with multi-modal pore size distribution
US8153238B2 (en) 2005-12-14 2012-04-10 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Stretch bonded laminate including an elastic member containing an adhesive composition
US7555851B2 (en) * 2006-01-24 2009-07-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having a fluid-filled chamber with flexion zones
US20070199210A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-08-30 The Timberland Company Compression molded footwear and methods of manufacture
DE102006009974A1 (en) 2006-03-03 2007-09-06 W.L. Gore & Associates Gmbh Shoe stabilizing material, useful in water-proof but water vapor permeable sole structures, comprises thermally consolidated fiber composite with at least two fiber components of different melting points
US20070207286A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Craig Stephen M Floor covering having thermally modified patterned textile layer
US7547650B2 (en) 2006-03-07 2009-06-16 Missing Octave Insights, Inc. Flame retardant multicomponent articles
KR100756406B1 (en) * 2006-04-11 2007-09-10 주식회사 한터아트 Textiles for endodermis of clothes and its method
US7870681B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2011-01-18 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper with thread structural elements
US8312646B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2012-11-20 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a tensile element
US8418380B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2013-04-16 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper incorporating a tensile strand with a cover layer
US8312645B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2012-11-20 Nike, Inc. Material elements incorporating tensile strands
US7546698B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2009-06-16 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper with thread structural elements
US8893405B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2014-11-25 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating tensile strands with an elongated cross-sectional shape
US7574818B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2009-08-18 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper with thread structural elements
JP5133604B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2013-01-30 Kbセーレン株式会社 Elastic nonwoven fabric
US7959751B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2011-06-14 Marketing Technology Service, Inc. Unitized composite fabrics with cross machine wave-like shaping and methods for making same
CN101448991B (en) 2006-06-23 2011-05-25 尤妮佳股份有限公司 Nonwoven fabric
JP5069891B2 (en) 2006-06-23 2012-11-07 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Non-woven
JP5328089B2 (en) 2006-06-23 2013-10-30 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Multilayer nonwoven fabric and method for producing multilayer nonwoven fabric
US9922634B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2018-03-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Sound insulation constructions and methods of using the same
US7902096B2 (en) 2006-07-31 2011-03-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Monocomponent monolayer meltblown web and meltblowing apparatus
US7754041B2 (en) 2006-07-31 2010-07-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Pleated filter with bimodal monolayer monocomponent media
US7947142B2 (en) 2006-07-31 2011-05-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Pleated filter with monolayer monocomponent meltspun media
EP1884582B1 (en) 2006-08-04 2009-09-30 Stork Prints Austria GmbH Sieves, in particular for consolidating nonwoven fabric by gas- or hydro-entanglement
RU2467420C2 (en) 2006-09-11 2012-11-20 3М Инновейтив Пропертиз Компани Compacted conductive materials and items made from them
US20080070464A1 (en) 2006-09-14 2008-03-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Composite webs and methods of manufacturing same
US20080083485A1 (en) * 2006-10-04 2008-04-10 Cheng-Hsian Chi Method for making a shoe
JP4785700B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2011-10-05 花王株式会社 Nonwoven manufacturing method
US20080098618A1 (en) * 2006-10-30 2008-05-01 Chen Chuang Chuan Method For Manufacturing A Shoe
JP2008138908A (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-19 Masayuki Ichikawa Heating agent, manufacturing method of heating agent and food container with heating function
AU2007329939A1 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-12 Uni-Charm Corporation Stretchable nonwoven fabric, absorbent article and method of producing absorbent article
WO2008077785A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Basf Se Composite material, particularly synthetic leather
JP5006654B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2012-08-22 旭化成せんい株式会社 Elastic nonwoven fabric
US7862671B2 (en) * 2007-01-11 2011-01-04 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Welding of a polymeric material and structures formed thereby
WO2008088769A2 (en) * 2007-01-11 2008-07-24 Aly Khalifa Melded footwear
DE102007004146A1 (en) * 2007-01-22 2008-07-31 Azo Synthetik, Fertigungs- Und Beschichtungs Gmbh Non-slip mat for automobile floors, has underside with upper and lower needled non-woven layers, consolidated and bonded together by fused polyethylene fiber components
JPWO2008111294A1 (en) * 2007-03-15 2010-06-24 株式会社クラレ Laminated fabric
US8066790B2 (en) 2007-03-16 2011-11-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Fluid filter cartridge and housing
US7981184B2 (en) 2007-03-16 2011-07-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Fluid filter
US7670528B2 (en) 2007-03-16 2010-03-02 3M Innovative Properties Company High flow fluid filtration systems and methods for manufacturing same
US20080241476A1 (en) 2007-03-30 2008-10-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Asymmetric elastic film nonwoven laminate
ATE545344T1 (en) 2007-08-31 2012-03-15 Stretchline Intellectual Properties Ltd SEAM REINFORCEMENT PROCESS
WO2009036155A1 (en) 2007-09-12 2009-03-19 Maidenform, Inc. Fabric having a thermoplastic fusible yarn, process of making a fabric containing a thermoplastic fusible yarn, and fabric article formed with a fabric containing a thermoplastic fusible yarn
US8978273B2 (en) * 2007-10-19 2015-03-17 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a sole structure having fluid-filled support elements
DE102008006623A1 (en) 2008-01-29 2009-07-30 Innovatec Microfibre Technology Gmbh & Co. Kg Shoe, in particular sports shoe and / or casual shoe
GB0807219D0 (en) 2008-04-21 2008-05-28 Heathcoat Fabrics Ltd Producing yarn
US8122616B2 (en) * 2008-07-25 2012-02-28 Nike, Inc. Composite element with a polymer connecting layer
US8347438B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2013-01-08 Nike, Inc. Footwear uppers and other textile components including reinforced and abutting edge joint seams
US7846284B2 (en) * 2008-12-15 2010-12-07 Tsang I Hsu Process for recycling scrap of shoe stiffener
US8490299B2 (en) 2008-12-18 2013-07-23 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper incorporating a knitted component
US20110250378A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-10-13 Eaton Bradley W Patterned spunbond fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US20100199520A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Nike, Inc. Textured Thermoplastic Non-Woven Elements
US9682512B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2017-06-20 Nike, Inc. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US8906275B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2014-12-09 Nike, Inc. Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
JP5321119B2 (en) 2009-02-19 2013-10-23 富士電機株式会社 Reactive power compensator and control method of reactive power compensator
US8388791B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2013-03-05 Nike, Inc. Method for molding tensile strand elements
US8266827B2 (en) * 2009-08-24 2012-09-18 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating tensile strands and securing strands
JP2011081082A (en) 2009-10-05 2011-04-21 Kawasaki Heavy Ind Ltd Optical observation device and optical observation method using transmissive light illumination
PL2496769T3 (en) 2009-11-02 2017-01-31 The Procter And Gamble Company Fibrous structures and methods for making same
US8631589B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2014-01-21 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating floating tensile strands
US8973288B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2015-03-10 Nike, Inc. Footwear incorporating angled tensile strand elements
DE102012202866A1 (en) 2012-02-24 2013-08-29 Adidas Ag Material for shoe upper
US8597760B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-12-03 Swnr Development, Llc Stitched multi-layer fabric
US20130260104A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-03 Nike, Inc. Yarns, Threads, And Textiles Incorporating A Thermoplastic Polymer Material
US20130255103A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-03 Nike, Inc. Apparel And Other Products Incorporating A Thermoplastic Polymer Material
US9175428B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2015-11-03 Chen-Cheng Huang Method of making a double-sided embossed non-woven fabric
WO2013184082A1 (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 DUFFEY, J., Michael Process description and applications of least action nuclear process (lanp)
US9179739B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2015-11-10 Nike, Inc. Footwear incorporating looped tensile strand elements
US9872535B2 (en) * 2012-12-20 2018-01-23 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a harness and fluid-filled chamber arrangement
US9861162B2 (en) * 2014-04-08 2018-01-09 Nike, Inc. Components for articles of footwear including lightweight, selectively supported textile components
US9668544B2 (en) * 2014-12-10 2017-06-06 Nike, Inc. Last system for articles with braided components
JP3200885U (en) 2015-08-12 2015-11-12 精一 久保田 Logistics cart
JP7125655B2 (en) 2019-01-15 2022-08-25 トヨタ自動車株式会社 negative electrode
JP3224421U (en) 2019-09-26 2019-12-19 大介 西浦 Gorin five regular specifications

Patent Citations (105)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2536163A (en) * 1947-10-15 1951-01-02 Union Carbide & Carbon Corp Elastic composite fabrics and process for making same
US3375156A (en) * 1963-05-15 1968-03-26 Du Pont Nonwoven fabrics and method for the production thereof
US3439434A (en) * 1967-03-22 1969-04-22 Superga Spa Ski shoe
US3617417A (en) * 1969-04-25 1971-11-02 Kendall & Co Process for forming a bonded nonwoven fabric
US3635625A (en) * 1970-01-12 1972-01-18 Phillips Petroleum Co Apparatus for carving a material sheet
US3790439A (en) * 1971-04-28 1974-02-05 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Printable, heat-bondable sheet material
US4041203A (en) * 1972-09-06 1977-08-09 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Nonwoven thermoplastic fabric
US3912567A (en) * 1973-05-14 1975-10-14 Kimberly Clark Co Stabilized nonwoven web and method of preparation
US4070217A (en) * 1975-01-16 1978-01-24 The Fiberwoven Corporation Method of making electric blanket shell
US4107364A (en) * 1975-06-06 1978-08-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Random laid bonded continuous filament cloth
US4100319A (en) * 1975-07-14 1978-07-11 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Stabilized nonwoven web
US4059114A (en) * 1976-05-12 1977-11-22 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Garment shield
US4265954A (en) * 1978-04-11 1981-05-05 Phillips Petroleum Company Selective-area fusion of non-woven fabrics
US4205397A (en) * 1978-04-17 1980-06-03 Michele Bechis Bathing drawers
US4310373A (en) * 1979-02-17 1982-01-12 Firma Carl Freudenberg Method for heat-sealing textile materials with polyurethane adhesives
US4355489A (en) * 1980-09-15 1982-10-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Abrasive article comprising abrasive agglomerates supported in a fibrous matrix
US4486200A (en) * 1980-09-15 1984-12-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making an abrasive article comprising abrasive agglomerates supported in a fibrous matrix
US4410385A (en) * 1981-01-28 1983-10-18 General Electric Company Method of making a composite article
US4647492A (en) * 1983-06-20 1987-03-03 Firma Carl Freudenberg Textile interlining material having anisotropic properties
US4621013A (en) * 1983-11-21 1986-11-04 Monsanto Company Thermoformable laminate structure
US4695501A (en) * 1984-04-10 1987-09-22 Fibre Converters, Inc. Thermoformable composite articles
US4588630A (en) * 1984-06-13 1986-05-13 Chicopee Apertured fusible fabrics
US4781296A (en) * 1987-05-26 1988-11-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method affording an easy opening device for nonwoven thermoplastic fiber envelopes
US5230701A (en) * 1988-05-13 1993-07-27 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Elastomeric adhesive and cohesive materials
US5118550A (en) * 1988-12-13 1992-06-02 Rhone Poulenc Fibres Substrate based on a nonwoven sheet made of chemical textile
US4980927A (en) * 1988-12-16 1991-01-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Adherent protective collars
US4938817A (en) * 1988-12-30 1990-07-03 Kappler Safety Group Method of forming bonded seams of spunbonded polyolefin fabric and cleanroom garments including such seams
US5130178A (en) * 1990-03-14 1992-07-14 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Support web for roofing membranes
US5482756A (en) * 1990-03-29 1996-01-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface finishing articles reinforcing with a polymer backing
US5132160A (en) * 1991-02-21 1992-07-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Component carrier tape
US5150787A (en) * 1991-02-21 1992-09-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Component carrier tape
US5238733A (en) * 1991-09-30 1993-08-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Stretchable nonwoven webs based on multi-layer blown microfibers
US5629079A (en) * 1991-09-30 1997-05-13 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Elastic and heat sealable medical tapes
US5316838A (en) * 1991-09-30 1994-05-31 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Retroreflective sheet with nonwoven elastic backing
US5423783A (en) * 1991-09-30 1995-06-13 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Ostomy bag with elastic and heat sealable medical tapes
US5328758A (en) * 1991-10-11 1994-07-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Particle-loaded nonwoven fibrous article for separations and purifications
US5595649A (en) * 1991-10-11 1997-01-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Particle-loaded nonwoven fibrous article for separations and purifications
US5415779A (en) * 1991-10-11 1995-05-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Particle-loaded nonwoven fibrous article for separations and purifications
US5609706A (en) * 1991-12-20 1997-03-11 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of preparation of a coated abrasive belt with an endless, seamless backing
US5573619A (en) * 1991-12-20 1996-11-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making a coated abrasive belt with an endless, seamless backing
US5501794A (en) * 1991-12-31 1996-03-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Wave filter with flexible tensioning members
US5255833A (en) * 1992-03-17 1993-10-26 Mcallister Rosalie Transparent carrier
US5282900A (en) * 1992-03-19 1994-02-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface treating articles, system including same, and method of treating calcium carbonate-containing surfaces with said system
US5478628A (en) * 1992-05-18 1995-12-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Non-woven fluorescent retrorefletive fabric
US5695853A (en) * 1992-05-18 1997-12-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company High visibility fabric and safety vest
US5939339A (en) * 1992-07-22 1999-08-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Absorbent self adhering elastic bandage
US5380580A (en) * 1993-01-07 1995-01-10 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Flexible nonwoven mat
US5603747A (en) * 1993-02-02 1997-02-18 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Air filter and method of producing the same
US5744207A (en) * 1993-03-31 1998-04-28 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Articles coated with electrophotographic toner receptive release coatings
US6013587A (en) * 1993-06-02 2000-01-11 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven articles
US5883019A (en) * 1993-06-02 1999-03-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Co. Nonwoven articles
US5641563A (en) * 1993-06-02 1997-06-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven articles
US5604271A (en) * 1993-06-10 1997-02-18 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Universal adhesion promoting composition for plastic repair kit including same, and method of use
US5470605A (en) * 1993-06-10 1995-11-28 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Universal adhesion promoting composition for plastics repair, kit including same, and method of use
US5458962A (en) * 1993-08-11 1995-10-17 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface treating articles and methods of making and using same
US5539042A (en) * 1993-08-11 1996-07-23 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Aqueous, coatable, thermally condensable composition
US5496507A (en) * 1993-08-17 1996-03-05 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of charging electret filter media
US5639287A (en) * 1994-05-16 1997-06-17 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Filter system for filtering fluids
US5858140A (en) * 1994-07-22 1999-01-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven surface finishing articles reinforced with a polymer backing layer and method of making same
US5651853A (en) * 1994-12-02 1997-07-29 P.L.G. Research Limited Mesh structure/fabric laminate
US5507968A (en) * 1994-12-14 1996-04-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Cleansing articles with controlled detergent release and method for their manufacture
US5624726A (en) * 1995-01-09 1997-04-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Insulation blanket
US5759659A (en) * 1995-01-09 1998-06-02 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Insulation blanket
US6069097A (en) * 1995-01-12 2000-05-30 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Composite elastic material having multistage elongation characteristics and method of manufacturing the same
US5879493A (en) * 1995-04-03 1999-03-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Viral resistant seam for protective apparel, and method of manufacturing same
US5682618A (en) * 1995-04-03 1997-11-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Viral resistant seam for protective apparel, and method of manufacturing same
US5655833A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-08-12 Control Alt Design Ltd. Free-standing task lighting fixture
US5743273A (en) * 1995-10-23 1998-04-28 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method for making a surgical drape
US5586563A (en) * 1995-10-23 1996-12-24 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method for making a surgical drape
US6086911A (en) * 1995-12-22 2000-07-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Drug delivery device
US5858515A (en) * 1995-12-29 1999-01-12 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Pattern-unbonded nonwoven web and process for making the same
US6017831A (en) * 1996-05-03 2000-01-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Nonwoven abrasive articles
US6110572A (en) * 1996-05-10 2000-08-29 Johns Marville International, Inc. Base inliner with improved loadbearing reinforcement at low elongation at ambient temperature
US5803086A (en) * 1996-05-16 1998-09-08 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Linerless surgical incise drape
US6004891A (en) * 1996-07-09 1999-12-21 La Chemise Lacoste (S.A.) Composite fabric, in particular for hand luggage or clothes
US6090234A (en) * 1996-07-15 2000-07-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Elastic laminates and methods for making the same
US6004642A (en) * 1996-11-08 1999-12-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Internally separable tape laminate
US5981033A (en) * 1997-03-12 1999-11-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Pavement marking tape
US5928070A (en) * 1997-05-30 1999-07-27 Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company Abrasive article comprising mullite
US6395211B1 (en) * 1997-11-14 2002-05-28 Eduard Kusters Maschinenfabrik Gmbh & Co. Kg Method and calender for treating a sheet
US6558784B1 (en) * 1999-03-02 2003-05-06 Adc Composites, Llc Composite footwear upper and method of manufacturing a composite footwear upper
US6610390B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2003-08-26 First Quality Nonwovens, Inc. Nonwoven with non-symmetrical bonding configuration
US20030119411A1 (en) * 2000-03-07 2003-06-26 Yukio Yamakawa Nonwoven thermoplastic elastomer fabric roll and method and apparatus for making same
US20010051484A1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2001-12-13 Takashi Ishida Laminated structural body having unidirectionally arranged strands sandwiched between two web layers, and method of and apparatus for efficiently manufacturing such laminated structural body
US20030137221A1 (en) * 2002-01-18 2003-07-24 Radziemski Leon J. Force activated, piezoelectric, electricity generation, storage, conditioning and supply apparatus and methods
US20030162458A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2003-08-28 Chisso Corporation Elastic long-fiber non-woven fabric, and fabric product using the same
US20040118018A1 (en) * 2002-12-18 2004-06-24 Bhupesh Dua Footwear incorporating a textile with fusible filaments and fibers
US6910288B2 (en) * 2002-12-18 2005-06-28 Nike, Inc. Footwear incorporating a textile with fusible filaments and fibers
US20040241399A1 (en) * 2003-03-21 2004-12-02 Marmon Samuel E. Pattern bonded nonwoven fabrics
US20040224596A1 (en) * 2003-05-09 2004-11-11 Mathis Michael P. Nonwoven breathable composite barrier fabric
US20050193592A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2005-09-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having a textile upper
US20060009106A1 (en) * 2004-05-20 2006-01-12 Daiwbo Co., Ltd. Wiping sheet
US20060223403A1 (en) * 2005-04-05 2006-10-05 Asif Mahboob Three Layer Thermoplastic Synthetic Leather Product and Macufacture Thereof
US20060276095A1 (en) * 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear of nonwoven material and method of manufacturing same
US20090140470A1 (en) * 2005-06-02 2009-06-04 Nike, Inc. Article of Footwear of Nonwoven Material and Method of Manufacturing Same
US20100035963A1 (en) * 2005-09-09 2010-02-11 Ayelet Chajut Oligoribonucleotides and Methods of use Thereof for Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
US20070129524A1 (en) * 2005-12-06 2007-06-07 Sunkara Hari B Thermoplastic polyurethanes comprising polytrimethylene ether soft segments
US20070298671A1 (en) * 2006-06-23 2007-12-27 Uni-Charm Corporation Nonwoven fabric
US20100186874A1 (en) * 2007-07-30 2010-07-29 Puma Aktiengesellschaft Rudolf Dassler Sport Method for the production of an upper shoe part
US20090277041A1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2009-11-12 Baffin Inc. Three-piece footwear
US20120227282A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-09-13 Nike, Inc. Layered Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US20130067639A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-03-21 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US20130067768A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-03-21 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US20130069266A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-03-21 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US20130068378A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-03-21 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements

Cited By (200)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100122403A1 (en) * 2005-06-06 2010-05-20 Under Armour, Inc. Garment Having Improved Contact Areas
US8281414B2 (en) * 2005-06-06 2012-10-09 Under Armour, Inc. Garment having improved contact areas
US10092044B2 (en) * 2007-06-19 2018-10-09 Sport Maska Inc. Protective garment with separate inner and outer shells
US20150181950A1 (en) * 2007-06-19 2015-07-02 Sport Maska Inc. Protective garment with separate inner and outer shells
US20090089911A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Smith Timothy J Comfortable Protective Garments
US20100067198A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2010-03-18 Hong Fu Jin Precision Industry(Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Electronic device with battery fixing assembly
US9486031B2 (en) * 2008-12-18 2016-11-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper incorporating a knitted component
US9027260B2 (en) * 2008-12-18 2015-05-12 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having an upper incorporating a knitted component
US20140230277A1 (en) * 2008-12-18 2014-08-21 Nike, Inc. Article of Footwear Having An Upper Incorporating A Knitted Component
US10625472B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2020-04-21 Nike, Inc. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US10982364B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2021-04-20 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US8850719B2 (en) * 2009-02-06 2014-10-07 Nike, Inc. Layered thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US10174447B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2019-01-08 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US9227363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2016-01-05 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US10982363B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2021-04-20 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US20130260629A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2013-10-03 Nike, Inc. Methods Of Joining Textiles And Other Elements Incorporating A Thermoplastic Polymer Material
US20120227282A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-09-13 Nike, Inc. Layered Thermoplastic Non-Woven Textile Elements
US9732454B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2017-08-15 Nike, Inc. Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
US9682512B2 (en) * 2009-02-06 2017-06-20 Nike, Inc. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US10138582B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-11-27 Nike, Inc. Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US10131091B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2018-11-20 Nike, Inc. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US20100199520A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Nike, Inc. Textured Thermoplastic Non-Woven Elements
US9579848B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2017-02-28 Nike, Inc. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US8438669B2 (en) * 2009-06-23 2013-05-14 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element
US8713719B2 (en) * 2009-06-23 2014-05-06 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element and method of use
US9149084B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2015-10-06 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element and method for making
US9675122B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2017-06-13 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element
US10194707B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2019-02-05 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element
US8095996B2 (en) * 2009-06-23 2012-01-17 Nike, Inc. Apparel incorporating a protective element
US20110277226A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2011-11-17 Nike, Inc. Apparel Incorporating A Protective Element
US20100319097A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2010-12-23 Nike, Inc. Apparel Incorporating A Protective Element
US11076659B2 (en) 2009-10-01 2021-08-03 Nike, Inc. Rigid cantilevered stud
US10362832B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2019-07-30 Nike, Inc. Decoupled foot stabilizer system
US9210966B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2015-12-15 Nike, Inc. Decoupled foot stabilizer system
US9770065B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2017-09-26 Nike, Inc. Decoupled foot stabilizer system
US9609908B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2017-04-04 Nike, Inc. Decoupled foot stabilizer system
US20140150170A1 (en) * 2010-12-24 2014-06-05 Applied Ft Composite Solutions Inc. Variably-tensed composite cushioning material and method for making the same
US20140030459A1 (en) * 2011-01-28 2014-01-30 Smarter Planet Llc Hybrid thermoplastic composite components and products
EP2767627A1 (en) * 2011-03-10 2014-08-20 Nike International Ltd. Article of apparel
CN103620100A (en) * 2011-03-10 2014-03-05 耐克国际有限公司 Layered thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US9745677B2 (en) 2011-04-04 2017-08-29 Nike, Inc. Method of manufacturing an article of footwear having a knit upper with a polymer layer
WO2012138488A2 (en) 2011-04-04 2012-10-11 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear having a knit upper with a polymer layer
US8950089B2 (en) * 2011-04-20 2015-02-10 Keen, Inc. Heat retention and insulation system for wearable articles
US20120266492A1 (en) * 2011-04-20 2012-10-25 Keen, Inc. Heat Retention and Insulation System for Wearable Articles
WO2013009568A2 (en) 2011-07-08 2013-01-17 Hurley International, Llc Water shorts
US11284658B2 (en) 2011-07-08 2022-03-29 Nike, Inc. Water shorts with webbed configuration
US11129436B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2021-09-28 Nike, Inc. Golf shoe with natural motion structures
US9414638B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2016-08-16 Nike, Inc. Golf shoe with natural motion structures
US8869435B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2014-10-28 Nike, Inc. Golf shoe with natural motion structures
WO2013019934A1 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-02-07 Nike International Ltd. Golf shoe with natural motion structures
US20130055590A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-07 Converse Inc. Article of Footwear Including Upper Having a Mesh Material
US9351532B2 (en) * 2011-09-06 2016-05-31 Converse, Inc. Article of footwear including upper having a mesh material
US10238177B2 (en) 2011-09-06 2019-03-26 Converse Inc. Article of footwear including upper having mesh material
US9456641B1 (en) * 2011-10-06 2016-10-04 Francesco Mignone Yoga article of clothing and method of use thereof
WO2013151968A3 (en) * 2012-04-03 2014-01-16 Nike International Ltd. Apparel and other products incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
EP3466288A1 (en) * 2012-04-03 2019-04-10 NIKE Innovate C.V. Apparel incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
WO2013151978A1 (en) * 2012-04-03 2013-10-10 Nike International Ltd. Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US11779071B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2023-10-10 Nike, Inc. Apparel and other products incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
EP3053463A1 (en) * 2012-04-03 2016-08-10 NIKE Innovate C.V. Thermal bonded textile elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
WO2013151987A3 (en) * 2012-04-03 2014-11-20 Nike Innovate C.V. Yarns, threads, and textiles incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
CN104334042A (en) * 2012-04-03 2015-02-04 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Methods of joining textiles and other elements incorporating a thermoplastic polymer material
US20190069636A1 (en) * 2012-04-13 2019-03-07 Adidas Ag Shoe upper
US20190075889A1 (en) * 2012-04-13 2019-03-14 Adidas Ag Shoe Upper
US20190069635A1 (en) * 2012-04-13 2019-03-07 Adidas Ag Shoe upper
US20190069637A1 (en) * 2012-04-13 2019-03-07 Adidas Ag Shoe upper
US9420847B2 (en) 2012-04-25 2016-08-23 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with bladder and method of manufacturing the same
WO2013163311A2 (en) 2012-04-25 2013-10-31 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear with bladder and method of manufacturing the same
US9681700B2 (en) 2012-04-25 2017-06-20 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with bladder and method of manufacturing the same
EP2855752B1 (en) * 2012-05-29 2019-09-25 NIKE Innovate C.V. Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
US8906275B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2014-12-09 Nike, Inc. Textured elements incorporating non-woven textile materials and methods for manufacturing the textured elements
US9398784B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2016-07-26 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
WO2014078158A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
US9642413B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2017-05-09 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
WO2014078161A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
US9622536B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2017-04-18 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
WO2014078152A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component with interior layer features
WO2014078160A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
EP3437504A1 (en) 2012-11-15 2019-02-06 NIKE Innovate C.V. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
US9538804B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2017-01-10 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
WO2014078159A2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Nike International Ltd. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component
US10889094B2 (en) * 2012-11-26 2021-01-12 Fisi Fibre Sintetiche S.P.A. Method for making a thin padding from stabilized fibers, for clothing articles, quilts and sleeping bags
US20150298445A1 (en) * 2012-11-26 2015-10-22 Fisi Fibre Sintetiche S.P.A. Method for making a thin padding from stabilized fibers, for clothing articles, quilts and sleeping bags
US10820657B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2020-11-03 Nike, Inc. Outsole of a footwear article, having fin traction elements
US11617417B2 (en) 2013-02-13 2023-04-04 Nike, Inc. Shoe upper having multiple weld zones
EP3808203A1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2021-04-21 NIKE Innovate C.V. Shoe with heel support
WO2014188272A2 (en) 2013-03-05 2014-11-27 Nike International Ltd. Acid dyeing of polyurethane materials
EP3418444A1 (en) 2013-03-05 2018-12-26 NIKE Innovate C.V. Acid dyeing of polyurethane materials
US11129433B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2021-09-28 Adidas Ag Shoe
US11678712B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2023-06-20 Adidas Ag Shoe
US11116275B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2021-09-14 Adidas Ag Shoe
US9611571B2 (en) * 2013-08-23 2017-04-04 Shima Seiki Mfg., Ltd. Shoe upper and method for producing shoe upper
US20160198798A1 (en) * 2013-08-23 2016-07-14 Shima Seiki Mfg., Ltd. Shoe upper and method for producing shoe upper
GB2519509B (en) * 2013-09-20 2018-04-11 John Cotton Group Ltd Insulator pads
GB2519509A (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-04-29 John Cotton Group Ltd Insulator pads
US9427043B2 (en) * 2013-10-31 2016-08-30 Nike, Inc. Fluid-filled chamber with stitched tensile member
US10485297B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2019-11-26 Nike, Inc. Fluid-filled chamber with stitched tensile member
US11490687B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2022-11-08 Nike, Inc. Fluid-filled chamber with stitched tensile member
US20150113829A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Nike, Inc. Fluid-Filled Chamber With Stitched Tensile Member
US20150157066A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-11 Voll Will Enterprise Co., Ltd. Three-dimensional seamless protective equipment
US10716355B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2020-07-21 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component with durable water repellant properties
US10182619B2 (en) * 2014-02-21 2019-01-22 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a woven or non-woven textile with durable water repellant properties
US10143260B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-12-04 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear incorporating a knitted component with durable water repellant properties
US20150237960A1 (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-08-27 Nike, Inc. Article of Footwear Incorporating a Woven or Non-Woven Textile With Durable Water Repellant Properties
US20150272237A1 (en) * 2014-04-01 2015-10-01 Bereshith ADAMS Protective padded garments
US10060054B2 (en) 2014-05-09 2018-08-28 The North Face Apparel Corp. Unitary woven fabric construct of multiple zones
US20170227331A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-08-10 Hexonia, GmbH Textile Item of Clothing with Ballistic Protection
US9775406B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2017-10-03 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a sole assembly having a bladder element and a guide component and method of manufacturing the article of footwear
US20180169963A1 (en) * 2015-03-10 2018-06-21 Nike, Inc. Stitchbonded thermoplastic nonwoven textile elements
US10357081B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2019-07-23 Nike, Inc. Steaming system for articles of footwear or other objects
WO2016148758A1 (en) 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 Nike Innovate C.V. Portable steaming system for articles of footwear
US9758923B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2017-09-12 Nike, Inc. Portable steaming system for articles of footwear
US20160340813A1 (en) * 2015-05-18 2016-11-24 Nike, Inc. Sock with heel locating features
US9976237B2 (en) * 2015-05-18 2018-05-22 Nike, Inc. Sock with heel locating features
US20170008220A1 (en) * 2015-07-10 2017-01-12 Area Studio, Llc Method for embossing a fabric product while the product is situated in packaging
CN112932023A (en) * 2015-09-11 2021-06-11 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article of footwear with knitted component having multiple tapered protrusions
US10595590B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-03-24 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
US9888742B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2018-02-13 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
US10721997B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-07-28 Nike, Inc. Method of manufacturing article of footwear with graduated projections
EP4309535A2 (en) 2015-09-11 2024-01-24 NIKE Innovate C.V. Article of footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
WO2017044313A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Nike Innovate C.V. Method of manufacturing article of footwear with graduated projections
EP3346865B1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2024-01-24 Nike Innovate C.V. Article of footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
EP4108123A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2022-12-28 Nike Innovate C.V. Method of manufacturing article of footwear with graduated projections
WO2017044318A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Nike Innovate C.V. Article off footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
US11464290B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2022-10-11 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with knitted component having plurality of graduated projections
EP4108122A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2022-12-28 Nike Innovate C.V. Method of manufacturing article of footwear with graduated projections
US20170127748A1 (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 Rogers Corporation Multilayer article with improved impact resistance
US10524530B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2020-01-07 Nike, Inc. Upper for an article of footwear with at least one molded thermoplastic polymer element
WO2017142857A1 (en) * 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Nike Innovate C.V. Weatherized upper for an article of footwear
US11560652B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2023-01-24 Nike, Inc. Knitted component having at least one thermoplastic polymer element
US11866861B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2024-01-09 Nike, Inc. Knitted component with a fused area
US11346026B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2022-05-31 Nike, Inc. Upper for an article of footwear having a knitted component with a fused area
US10669656B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2020-06-02 Nike, Inc. Upper for an article of footwear having a knitted component with a fused area
US11206887B1 (en) * 2016-05-16 2021-12-28 Elegant Headwear Co., Inc. Method of forming a raised three-dimensional decorative image on a fabric product and cap made thereby
US11350577B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2022-06-07 Designlaw Limited Flexible layered sheet
EP3785563A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2021-03-03 Nike Innovate C.V. An upper for an article of footwear and processes for making the same
US10458052B2 (en) * 2016-11-09 2019-10-29 Nike, Inc. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
WO2018089686A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 Nike Innovate C.V. Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
EP4018870A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2022-06-29 NIKE Innovate C.V. Components of articles of footwear, and processes for making articles of footwear or components thereof
US11680344B2 (en) 2016-11-09 2023-06-20 Nike, Inc. Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
GB2571231A (en) * 2016-11-09 2019-08-21 Nike Innovate Cv Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
US11680343B2 (en) 2016-11-09 2023-06-20 Nike, Inc. Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
US20180125159A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-05-10 Nike, Inc. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
US11155944B2 (en) 2016-11-09 2021-10-26 Nike, Inc. Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
US11585023B2 (en) 2016-11-09 2023-02-21 Nike, Inc. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
EP4008211A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2022-06-08 NIKE Innovate C.V. A textile and a thermoformed article and method of manufacturing the textile
EP4008210A1 (en) * 2016-11-09 2022-06-08 NIKE Innovate C.V. A knit textile
GB2571231B (en) * 2016-11-09 2020-03-25 Nike Innovate Cv Textiles and articles, and processes for making the same
US11261549B2 (en) 2016-11-09 2022-03-01 Nike, Inc. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
US11832681B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2023-12-05 Nike, Inc. Fiber-bound engineered materials formed using engineered scrims
US11325345B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2022-05-10 Nike, Inc. Fiber-bound engineered materials formed utilizing carrier screens
US20180255852A1 (en) * 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Under Armour, Inc. Article of apparel
US10918149B2 (en) * 2017-03-09 2021-02-16 Under Armour, Inc. Article of apparel
US11744316B2 (en) * 2017-05-08 2023-09-05 Tecnica Group S.P.A. Method for the customization of a footwear
US20210161243A1 (en) * 2017-05-08 2021-06-03 Tecnica Group S.P.A. Method for the customization of a footwear
US11192327B2 (en) * 2017-07-03 2021-12-07 Axel Nickel Voluminous meltblown nonwoven fabric with improved stackability and storability
EP4257002A3 (en) * 2017-08-16 2023-12-27 Nike Innovate C.V. Nonwoven textile for footwear with entangled folded edge
WO2019035853A1 (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-02-21 Nike Innovate C.V. Nonwoven textile for footwear with entangled folded edge
US20190075862A1 (en) * 2017-09-12 2019-03-14 Christiana Ukoli Protective bottoms for weight training
US11385382B2 (en) * 2017-09-29 2022-07-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11131791B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-09-28 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11402544B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-08-02 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11402546B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-08-02 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11402545B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-08-02 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
CN111688243A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-09-22 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Structurally colored articles and methods for making and using same
US11733430B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2023-08-22 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11391867B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-07-19 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US10955588B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-03-23 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11112537B2 (en) * 2017-09-29 2021-09-07 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US10955587B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-03-23 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods of making and using structurally-colored articles
US11397283B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-07-26 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11614563B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2023-03-28 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US20220113452A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2022-04-14 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11609359B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2023-03-21 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US10928552B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-02-23 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US10928553B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-02-23 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US10993484B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2021-05-04 Nike, Inc. Wetness indicator garment
US11544488B2 (en) * 2017-12-11 2023-01-03 Suominen Oyj Nonwoven material having encoded information, a method for encoding information on a nonwoven material and a system for using same
US20220132974A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2022-05-05 Adidas Ag Method for manufacturing a shoe upper
CN112203838A (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-01-08 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Multilayer fabric with printed layer
US11497270B2 (en) 2019-01-07 2022-11-15 Nike, Inc. Wearable article and method of manufacturing a wearable article
WO2020146054A1 (en) * 2019-01-07 2020-07-16 All Star C.V. Wearable article and method of manufacturing a wearable article
EP4268663A3 (en) * 2019-01-07 2024-01-24 All Star C.V. Wearable article and method of manufacturing a wearable article
CN112566523A (en) * 2019-01-07 2021-03-26 全星有限合伙公司 Wearable article and method of manufacturing a wearable article
CN113661278A (en) * 2019-03-27 2021-11-16 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Structurally colored filaments and methods for making and using same
US11457670B2 (en) * 2019-05-15 2022-10-04 Kryptek Outdoor Group, LLC Tactical shirts
US11597996B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2023-03-07 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11840755B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2023-12-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11612208B2 (en) 2019-07-26 2023-03-28 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11564443B2 (en) 2019-08-02 2023-01-31 Nike, Inc. Textiles and articles and processes for making the same
US11684121B2 (en) * 2020-03-13 2023-06-27 Piana Nonwovens, LLC. Vertically lapped nonwoven in footwear
US11812805B2 (en) 2020-05-27 2023-11-14 Puma SE Article of apparel and related manufacturing methods
US11925233B2 (en) 2020-07-23 2024-03-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
US11129444B1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2021-09-28 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with concealing layer
US11241062B1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-08 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with structural-color concealing layer
US20220330658A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-10-20 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with concealing layer
US11412817B2 (en) 2020-08-07 2022-08-16 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having repurposed material with concealing layer
US11889894B2 (en) 2020-08-07 2024-02-06 Nike, Inc. Footwear article having concealing layer
US11927719B2 (en) 2021-02-15 2024-03-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods of making and using structurally-colored articles
US11927720B2 (en) 2021-08-20 2024-03-12 Nike, Inc. Structurally-colored articles and methods for making and using structurally-colored articles
CN115341353A (en) * 2022-08-19 2022-11-15 浙江蓝贝工贸有限公司 Preparation process of polyester fabric for reflective vest

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014012407A (en) 2014-01-23
JP2012517535A (en) 2012-08-02
EP2453048B1 (en) 2013-11-13
JP2012075910A (en) 2012-04-19
US10138582B2 (en) 2018-11-27
JP2012162839A (en) 2012-08-30
US20230265589A1 (en) 2023-08-24
EP2397320A2 (en) 2011-12-21
EP3613584A1 (en) 2020-02-26
US10982363B2 (en) 2021-04-20
EP2453048A1 (en) 2012-05-16
JP5615786B2 (en) 2014-10-29
US20190078245A1 (en) 2019-03-14
US20190242043A1 (en) 2019-08-08
US20130069266A1 (en) 2013-03-21
EP2397593B1 (en) 2013-07-17
EP3613584B1 (en) 2021-12-01
JP2012062615A (en) 2012-03-29
EP2393972A2 (en) 2011-12-14
US10174447B2 (en) 2019-01-08
WO2010090923A3 (en) 2011-01-27
EP2397594B1 (en) 2013-11-13
US20130067639A1 (en) 2013-03-21
US10982364B2 (en) 2021-04-20
JP2012057290A (en) 2012-03-22
US20160145783A1 (en) 2016-05-26
EP2397594A2 (en) 2011-12-21
JP2012067434A (en) 2012-04-05
JP5988166B2 (en) 2016-09-07
EP2397593A2 (en) 2011-12-21
WO2010090923A2 (en) 2010-08-12
EP3181747B1 (en) 2019-07-10
JP2015163746A (en) 2015-09-10
EP2407302A2 (en) 2012-01-18
EP2393972B1 (en) 2013-01-16
CN102292487B (en) 2014-03-12
CN103815619A (en) 2014-05-28
EP2397593A3 (en) 2012-02-29
EP2407302A3 (en) 2012-07-11
JP2016188457A (en) 2016-11-04
CN102292487A (en) 2011-12-21
EP2397320A3 (en) 2012-04-04
EP2397594A3 (en) 2012-02-29
US20130068378A1 (en) 2013-03-21
EP2407302B1 (en) 2017-03-29
US20130067768A1 (en) 2013-03-21
EP3181747A1 (en) 2017-06-21
EP2397320B1 (en) 2017-05-03
US9227363B2 (en) 2016-01-05
JP5411906B2 (en) 2014-02-12
US20190345656A1 (en) 2019-11-14
JP5988129B2 (en) 2016-09-07
JP5823809B2 (en) 2015-11-25
JP5226844B2 (en) 2013-07-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10982363B2 (en) Thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
EP2488685B1 (en) Textured thermoplastic non-woven elements
US8850719B2 (en) Layered thermoplastic non-woven textile elements
US20180169963A1 (en) Stitchbonded thermoplastic nonwoven textile elements

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NIKE, INC., OREGON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DUA, BHUPESH;KELLY SERVICES, INC.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090224 TO 20090306;REEL/FRAME:022563/0206

Owner name: KELLY SERVICES, INC., MICHIGAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HAWKINSON, KAREN A.;REEL/FRAME:022563/0074

Effective date: 20090224

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION